TW201417161A - Adhesive sheet for semiconductor device production, semiconductor device, and method for producing semiconductor device - Google Patents

Adhesive sheet for semiconductor device production, semiconductor device, and method for producing semiconductor device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201417161A
TW201417161A TW102133989A TW102133989A TW201417161A TW 201417161 A TW201417161 A TW 201417161A TW 102133989 A TW102133989 A TW 102133989A TW 102133989 A TW102133989 A TW 102133989A TW 201417161 A TW201417161 A TW 201417161A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
sheet
layer
adhesive layer
susceptor
semiconductor wafer
Prior art date
Application number
TW102133989A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Daisuke Uenda
Jun Ishii
Original Assignee
Nitto Denko Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2012218414A external-priority patent/JP2014070183A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012218420A external-priority patent/JP2014072445A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012218418A external-priority patent/JP2014072444A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012218410A external-priority patent/JP2014070182A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012240292A external-priority patent/JP2014088523A/en
Application filed by Nitto Denko Corp filed Critical Nitto Denko Corp
Publication of TW201417161A publication Critical patent/TW201417161A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J179/00Adhesives based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09J161/00 - C09J177/00
    • C09J179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09J179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/10Adhesives in the form of films or foils without carriers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/683Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L21/6835Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
    • H01L21/6836Wafer tapes, e.g. grinding or dicing support tapes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2203/00Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2203/326Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils for bonding electronic components such as wafers, chips or semiconductors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/20Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the structural features of the adhesive itself
    • C09J2301/208Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the structural features of the adhesive itself the adhesive layer being constituted by at least two or more adjacent or superposed adhesive layers, e.g. multilayer adhesive
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/20Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the structural features of the adhesive itself
    • C09J2301/21Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the structural features of the adhesive itself the adhesive layer being formed by alternating adhesive areas of different nature
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2221/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof covered by H01L21/00
    • H01L2221/67Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L2221/683Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L2221/68304Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
    • H01L2221/68318Auxiliary support including means facilitating the separation of a device or wafer from the auxiliary support
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2221/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof covered by H01L21/00
    • H01L2221/67Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L2221/683Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L2221/68304Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
    • H01L2221/68327Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support used during dicing or grinding
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2221/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof covered by H01L21/00
    • H01L2221/67Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L2221/683Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L2221/68304Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
    • H01L2221/6834Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support used to protect an active side of a device or wafer

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Container, Conveyance, Adherence, Positioning, Of Wafer (AREA)
  • Mechanical Treatment Of Semiconductor (AREA)

Abstract

The objective of the present invention is to provide an adhesive sheet that is for semiconductor device production, can be firmly affixed to the pedestal of a semiconductor wafer, and is such that the pedestal is easily separated from the semiconductor wafer. The present invention pertains to the adhesive sheet for semiconductor device production and used for affixing a semiconductor wafer to a pedestal, wherein the adhesive sheet has a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive strength than the first adhesive layer, and at least the peripheral section of the adhesive sheet for semiconductor device production is formed from a first adhesive layer.

Description

半導體裝置製造用接著片、半導體裝置、及半導體裝置之製造方法 Semiconductor sheet for semiconductor device manufacturing, semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device

第1本發明係關於一種半導體裝置製造用接著片、半導體裝置、及半導體裝置之製造方法。 According to a first aspect of the invention, there is provided a semiconductor wafer manufacturing device, a semiconductor device, and a semiconductor device manufacturing method.

先前,於半導體裝置之製造步驟中,存在進行如下步驟之情況:將半導體晶圓暫時固定於基座上之後,對半導體晶圓進行背面研磨等特定處理,其後將基座自半導體晶圓分離。於上述步驟中,較為重要的是可將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。 Conventionally, in the manufacturing step of the semiconductor device, there is a case where the semiconductor wafer is temporarily fixed on the susceptor, the semiconductor wafer is subjected to a specific process such as back grinding, and then the susceptor is separated from the semiconductor wafer. . In the above steps, it is important that the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer.

已知,作為將半導體晶圓暫時固定於基座上之方法而使用液狀接著劑。液狀接著劑係藉由旋轉塗佈而塗佈於半導體晶圓或基座上。 It is known to use a liquid adhesive as a method of temporarily fixing a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor. The liquid adhesive is applied to the semiconductor wafer or susceptor by spin coating.

專利文獻1中揭示有如下方法:經由未形成較強接著結合之填充層而將作為第1基板之裝置晶圓與作為第2基板之載體基板進行壓接,並且對填充層之周緣填充接合素材並進行硬化,藉此形成邊緣接合而使第1基板與第2基板接著。 Patent Document 1 discloses a method in which a device wafer as a first substrate is bonded to a carrier substrate as a second substrate via a filling layer that is not strongly bonded, and a bonding material is filled on a periphery of the filling layer. The hardening is performed to form an edge joint to bring the first substrate and the second substrate into contact.

又,專利文獻2中揭示有如下方法:經由包含選自由醯亞胺、醯胺醯亞胺及醯胺醯亞胺-矽氧烷之聚合物及低聚物所構成之群中、選自由低聚物及聚合物所構成之群中之化合物的接合用組合物層而將第1基板與第2基板接合。 Further, Patent Document 2 discloses a method of selecting a group consisting of a polymer and an oligomer selected from the group consisting of quinone imine, amidoximine, and amidoxime-oxime, selected from a low group. The first substrate and the second substrate are bonded to each other by the bonding composition layer of the compound in the group of the polymer and the polymer.

[先前技術文獻] [Previous Technical Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特表2011-510518號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2011-510518

[專利文獻2]日本專利特表2010-531385號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-531385

專利文獻1中所記載之填充層或專利文獻2中所記載之接合用組合物層係利用旋轉塗佈等進行塗佈。然而,若利用塗佈形成接著所需要之厚度10μm以上之層,則存在如下問題:通常塗佈面變得粗糙,凹凸追隨性較差,無法獲得所需之接著力,無法將半導體晶圓充分地固定於基座上。 The filling layer described in Patent Document 1 or the bonding composition layer described in Patent Document 2 is applied by spin coating or the like. However, if a layer having a thickness of 10 μm or more which is required to be subsequently formed is formed by coating, there is a problem in that the coated surface is generally rough, the unevenness of followability is poor, and the required adhesive force cannot be obtained, and the semiconductor wafer cannot be sufficiently obtained. Fixed to the base.

又,於利用旋轉塗佈進行塗佈之情形時,存在材料之大部分浪費之問題。又,由於材料為接著用之黏度較高者,故而於去除旋轉塗佈機之污垢時耗費勞力。 Moreover, in the case of coating by spin coating, there is a problem that most of the material is wasted. Moreover, since the material has a higher viscosity for subsequent use, it is labor intensive to remove the dirt of the spin coater.

第1本發明係鑒於上述問題而成者,提供一種半導體裝置製造用接著片,其可將半導體晶圓牢固地固定於基座上,並且容易將基座自半導體晶圓分離。又,提供一種使用該半導體裝置製造用接著片之半導體裝置、及半導體裝置之製造方法。 The first aspect of the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and provides an adhesive sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device which can firmly fix a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor and easily separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer. Further, a semiconductor device using the semiconductor device manufacturing sheet and a method of manufacturing the semiconductor device are provided.

本案發明者發現,藉由採用下述構成,可解決上述問題,從而達成第1本發明。 The inventors of the present invention have found that the above problem can be solved by adopting the following configuration, and the first invention can be achieved.

即,第1本發明係關於一種半導體裝置製造用接著片,其係用以將半導體晶圓固定於基座上者,且其具有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層,至少上述半導體裝置製造用接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成。 That is, the first aspect of the invention relates to an adhesive sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device, which is used for fixing a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor, and has a first adhesive layer and a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive In the second layer of the layer, at least the peripheral portion of the succeeding film for semiconductor device production is formed of the first adhesive layer.

上述接著片為片狀,故而與藉由旋轉塗佈而形成接著劑層之情形相比,可均勻地形成表面。進而,不會如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料。又,由於為片狀,故而可簡便地使用。 Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, the surface can be uniformly formed as compared with the case where the adhesive layer is formed by spin coating. Furthermore, the material is not wasted as a spin coating. Moreover, since it is in the form of a sheet, it can be easily used.

又,上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成。接著力高於第2層之第1接著劑層存在於周邊部,故而可於該部分將半導體晶圓牢固地固定於基座上。 Further, the peripheral portion of the succeeding sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer. Then, the first adhesive layer having a higher force than the second layer exists in the peripheral portion, so that the semiconductor wafer can be firmly fixed to the susceptor at this portion.

又,不僅具有第1接著劑層,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層,故而只要降低第1接著劑層之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。 Moreover, since not only the first adhesive layer but also the second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer is provided, the susceptor can be self-crystallized by an external force as long as the adhesion of the first adhesive layer is lowered. The circle is easily separated.

作為降低第1接著劑層之接著力之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層而降低接著力之方法;利用切割機或雷射等於第1接著劑層物理性地切出切口而降低接著力之方法;預先使用接著力會隨著加熱而降低之材料形成第1接著劑層,利用加熱降低接著力之方法等。上述接著片於接著片之周邊部形成有第1接著劑層,故而容易利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層、或利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口而降低第1接著劑層之接著力,容易將基座自半導體晶圓分離。 As a method of lowering the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer, a method of reducing the adhesion force by dissolving the first adhesive layer in a solvent is used, and the slit is physically cut by a cutter or a laser equal to the first adhesive layer. A method of lowering the adhesion force; a method of forming a first adhesive layer by using a material whose heating force is lowered by heating, and a method of reducing the adhesion force by heating, or the like. Since the first adhesive layer is formed on the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet, the first adhesive layer is easily dissolved in a solvent, or the slit is physically cut by a cutter or a laser to reduce the first adhesive layer. Following the force, it is easy to separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer.

第1本發明中,所謂第1接著劑層之接著力及第2層之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。再者,於第1接著劑層為藉由進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。於第2層為藉由進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。具體而言,可利用實施例中所記載之方法進行測定。 In the first aspect of the invention, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer and the adhesion force of the second layer are 90° peeling and peeling off the silicon wafer under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. force. In the case where the first adhesive layer is followed by hydrazine imidization or thermal curing, it means a state of being fixed on a ruthenium wafer (for example, after ruthenium or after thermal hardening) 90° peel off the peel force. In the case where the second layer is followed by hydrazine imidization or thermal hardening, it means a 90° tear-off in a state of being fixed on a germanium wafer (for example, after hydrazine imidization or after heat hardening). Peel force. Specifically, the measurement can be carried out by the method described in the examples.

上述接著片較佳為較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成。根據上述構成,可利用僅第1接著劑層露出之面牢固地固定半導體晶圓或基座。又,藉由第1接著劑層與第2層之積層而形成中央部,故而與僅由第1接著劑層所形成之周邊部相比,中央部之接著力相對較低。因此,若至少降低周邊部之接著力, 則可藉由外力而將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。又,於第2層與基座接觸之情形時,容易將接著片自基座剝離,糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 Preferably, the succeeding sheet is formed such that a central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer. According to the above configuration, the semiconductor wafer or the susceptor can be firmly fixed by the surface on which only the first adhesive layer is exposed. Further, since the central portion is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer and the second layer, the adhesion of the central portion is relatively lower than that of the peripheral portion formed only by the first adhesive layer. Therefore, if at least the adhesion of the peripheral portion is reduced, The susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer by an external force. Further, when the second layer is in contact with the susceptor, the adhesive sheet is easily peeled off from the susceptor, and the paste remains small, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

上述接著片亦較佳為較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第2層形成。根據上述構成,中央部由第2層形成,故而若降低第1接著劑層之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。又,由於第2層與基座接觸,故而容易將接著片自基座剝離,糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 It is preferable that the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is formed such that the central portion further inside than the peripheral portion is formed by the second layer. According to the above configuration, since the central portion is formed by the second layer, when the adhesion of the first adhesive layer is lowered, the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer by an external force. Further, since the second layer is in contact with the susceptor, the adhesive sheet is easily peeled off from the susceptor, and the paste remains small, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

較佳為遍及上述周邊部及上述中央部而形成接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第3層。於將接著力低於第1接著劑層之第3層露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓上情形時,可將接著片自半導體晶圓容易地剝離。又,可消除半導體晶圓之糊劑殘留,可省略半導體晶圓之洗淨步驟。 It is preferable that a third layer having a lower adhesion force than the first adhesive layer is formed over the peripheral portion and the central portion. When the surface having the adhesive force lower than the exposed third layer of the first adhesive layer is attached to the semiconductor wafer, the adhesive sheet can be easily peeled off from the semiconductor wafer. Moreover, the paste residue of the semiconductor wafer can be eliminated, and the semiconductor wafer cleaning step can be omitted.

又,第1本發明係關於一種使用上述半導體裝置製造用接著片而獲得之半導體裝置。 Moreover, the first aspect of the invention relates to a semiconductor device obtained by using the above-described semiconductor device manufacturing back sheet.

又,第1本發明係關於一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其包括:使用上述半導體裝置製造用接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;及將上述基座自上述半導體晶圓分離之步驟。 Further, a first aspect of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a step of fixing a semiconductor wafer on a susceptor using the slab for manufacturing the semiconductor device; and separating the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer step.

第2-1本發明係關於一種用以半導體裝置製造用接著片,其係將半導體晶圓固定於基座上者,且積層有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層。 The present invention relates to an adhesive sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device, in which a semiconductor wafer is fixed to a susceptor, and a first adhesive layer is laminated and a bonding force lower than the first adhesive The second layer of the layer.

上述接著片為片狀,故而與藉由旋轉塗佈而形成接著劑層之情形相比,可均勻地形成表面。進而,不會如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料。又,由於為片狀,故而可簡便地使用。 Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, the surface can be uniformly formed as compared with the case where the adhesive layer is formed by spin coating. Furthermore, the material is not wasted as a spin coating. Moreover, since it is in the form of a sheet, it can be easily used.

又,積層有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層。由於具有第1接著劑層,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。由於具有接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層,故而可藉由外力而將 基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。 Further, a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesion force than the first adhesive layer are laminated. Since the first adhesive layer is provided, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor. Since the adhesion layer is lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer, it can be externally The susceptor is easily separated from the semiconductor wafer.

第2-1本發明中,所謂第1接著劑層之接著力及第2層之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。再者,關於藉由進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之接著片,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。具體而言,可利用實施例中所記載之方法進行測定。 In the second aspect of the invention, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer and the adhesion force of the second layer are 90° tearing of the germanium wafer under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. In addition to peeling force. Furthermore, the adhesive sheet for fixing a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor by performing hydrazine imidization or thermosetting means a state of being fixed on a ruthenium wafer (for example, after yttrium or after thermal hardening) ) 90 ° tear off the peel force. Specifically, the measurement can be carried out by the method described in the examples.

又,第2-1本發明係關於一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其包括:使用上述半導體裝置製造用接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及將上述基座自上述半導體晶圓分離之步驟。 Further, the invention of claim 2-1 relates to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a step of fixing a semiconductor wafer on a susceptor using the above-described semiconductor device manufacturing slab; and staking the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer The step of separation.

使用上述半導體裝置製造用接著片將上述半導體晶圓固定於上述基座上之步驟較佳為藉由將上述半導體晶圓貼附於上述第1接著劑層上並將上述基座貼附於上述第2層上而將上述半導體晶圓固定於上述基座上之步驟。 Preferably, the step of fixing the semiconductor wafer on the susceptor by using the semiconductor device manufacturing tab is performed by attaching the semiconductor wafer to the first adhesive layer and attaching the pedestal to the susceptor The step of fixing the semiconductor wafer on the susceptor on the second layer.

第1接著劑層係接著力高於第2層且半導體晶圓表面等之凹凸追隨性優異。根據上述構成,第1接著劑層可追隨於半導體晶圓表面之凹凸,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。另一方面,接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層與基座接觸,故而容易將接著片自基座剝離。又,基座之糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 The first adhesive layer has a higher adhesion force than the second layer, and the surface of the semiconductor wafer or the like is excellent in unevenness followability. According to the above configuration, since the first adhesive layer can follow the unevenness on the surface of the semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor. On the other hand, since the second layer having a lower force than the first adhesive layer is in contact with the susceptor, the adhesive sheet is easily peeled off from the susceptor. Further, the paste of the susceptor is less left, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

第2-2本發明係關於一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其包括:於接著片(a)上貼附半導體晶圓之步驟(A);於接著片(b)上貼附基座之步驟(B);以及將由上述步驟(A)所獲得之附有接著片(a)之半導體晶圓的上述接著片(a)、及由上述步驟(B)所獲得之附有接著片(b)之基座的上述接著片(b)貼合之步驟(C);且上述接著片(a)及(b)中之一者之接著力低於另一者。 2-2. The present invention relates to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a step (A) of attaching a semiconductor wafer to a bonding sheet (a); and a step of attaching a pedestal to the bonding sheet (b) ( B); and the above-mentioned succeeding sheet (a) of the semiconductor wafer with the succeeding sheet (a) obtained by the above step (A), and the attached sheet (b) obtained by the above step (B) The step (C) of bonding the above-mentioned succeeding sheet (b) of the susceptor; and the adhesion of one of the above-mentioned adhesive sheets (a) and (b) is lower than the other.

由於使用片狀之上述接著片(a)及(b),故而不會如旋轉塗佈般浪 費材料。 Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheets (a) and (b) in the form of sheets are used, they are not as wave-like as the spin coating. Fee materials.

又,上述接著片(a)及(b)中之一者之接著力低於另一者。因此,容易將基座自半導體晶圓分離。又,由於使用接著力相對較高之接著片,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。 Further, one of the above-mentioned succeeding sheets (a) and (b) has a lower adhesion force than the other. Therefore, it is easy to separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer. Further, since the adhesive sheet having a relatively high adhesion force is used, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor.

第2-2本發明中,所謂接著片(a)之接著力及接著片(b)之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。再者,於接著片(a)及(b)為藉由進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。具體而言,可利用實施例中所記載之方法進行測定。 In the second aspect of the invention, the adhesive force of the adhesive sheet (a) and the adhesive force of the adhesive sheet (b) refer to a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. ° Peel off the peeling force. Further, in the case where the succeeding sheets (a) and (b) are those which are subjected to ruthenium iodization or heat hardening, etc., the state is fixed on the ruthenium wafer (for example, after ruthenium or After 90° of heat hardening, the peeling force is peeled off. Specifically, the measurement can be carried out by the method described in the examples.

上述接著片(b)之接著力較佳為低於上述接著片(a)。 The adhesive force of the above-mentioned succeeding sheet (b) is preferably lower than that of the above-mentioned adhesive sheet (a).

根據上述構成,接著片(a)係接著力高於接著片(b)且半導體晶圓表面等之凹凸追隨性優異。接著片(a)可追隨於半導體晶圓表面之凹凸,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。另一方面,由於接著力低於接著片(a)之接著片(b)與基座接觸,故而容易將接著片(b)自基座剝離。又,基座之糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 According to the above configuration, the adhesion strength of the succeeding sheet (a) is higher than that of the adhesive sheet (b), and the surface of the semiconductor wafer or the like is excellent. The sheet (a) can follow the irregularities on the surface of the semiconductor wafer, so that the semiconductor wafer can be well fixed to the susceptor. On the other hand, since the adhesive force is lower than the contact sheet (b) of the adhesive sheet (a) and the susceptor, the adhesive sheet (b) is easily peeled off from the susceptor. Further, the paste of the susceptor is less left, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

第3本發明係關於一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其包括:於暫時固定用片材之一面上貼附半導體晶圓之步驟(A);於上述暫時固定用片材之另一面上貼附具有斜面部的基座之步驟(B);及於上述暫時固定用片材與上述基座之上述斜面部之間形成接著力高於上述暫時固定片材之接著劑層而將上述暫時固定用片材固定於上述基座上之步驟(C)。 A third aspect of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a step (A) of attaching a semiconductor wafer to one surface of a temporary fixing sheet; and attaching to the other surface of the temporary fixing sheet a step (B) of the pedestal base; and forming the temporary fixing sheet between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor with an adhesive force higher than that of the temporary fixing sheet The step (C) of fixing the material to the base.

第3本發明中所使用之暫時固定用片材為片狀,與藉由旋轉塗佈而形成接著劑層之情形相比,可均勻地形成表面。因此,暫時固定用片材可與半導體晶圓良好地接著。又,由於使用接著力高於暫時固定片材之接著劑層,故而可將暫時固定用片材牢固地固定於基座上。其 結果,可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。 The temporary fixing sheet used in the third invention is in the form of a sheet, and the surface can be uniformly formed as compared with the case where the adhesive layer is formed by spin coating. Therefore, the temporary fixing sheet can be well adhered to the semiconductor wafer. Further, since the adhesive layer having a higher adhesive force than the temporary fixing sheet is used, the temporary fixing sheet can be firmly fixed to the susceptor. its As a result, the semiconductor wafer can be well fixed to the susceptor.

又,第3本發明中,於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成接著力高於暫時固定片材之接著劑層而將暫時固定用片材固定於基座上。即,接著劑層發揮將暫時固定用片材固定於基座上之作用。 Further, in the third aspect of the invention, the temporary fixing sheet is fixed to the susceptor by forming an adhesive layer having a higher adhesive force than the temporary fixing sheet between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor. That is, the adhesive layer functions to fix the temporarily fixing sheet to the susceptor.

第3本發明中,由於使接著劑層形成於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間,故而容易於暫時固定用片材上切出切口、或降低接著劑層之接著力,可容易地進行分離。 According to the third aspect of the invention, since the adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor, it is easy to cut the slit in the temporary fixing sheet or reduce the adhesion of the adhesive layer. Separation is easy.

第3本發明中,所謂暫時固定用片材之接著力及接著劑層之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。再者,於暫時固定用片材為進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。於接著劑層為進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。具體而言,可利用實施例中所記載之方法進行測定。 In the third aspect of the invention, the adhesion force of the temporary fixing sheet and the adhesion force of the adhesive layer refer to a 90° peeling peeling of the tantalum wafer under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. force. In the case where the sheet for temporary fixing is a quinone imidization or thermosetting, it means a state in which it is fixed on a ruthenium wafer (for example, after ytidine or after thermal hardening). ° Peel off the peeling force. In the case where the adhesive layer is a ruthenium iodide or a heat hardening, etc., it means a 90° peeling peeling force in a state of being fixed on a ruthenium wafer (for example, after ytidine or after thermal hardening). . Specifically, the measurement can be carried out by the method described in the examples.

上述步驟(C)之後,較佳為包括將上述基座自上述暫時固定用片材分離之步驟。 After the above step (C), it is preferred to include a step of separating the susceptor from the temporary fixing sheet.

第4-1本發明係關於一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其特徵在於包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片具有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層,接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成;使用上述接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及於上述第1接著劑層上切出切口直至到達上述第2層為止而將上述基座自上述半導體晶圓分離之步驟。 A 4-1rd aspect of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second bonding force lower than a second bonding layer a layer, a peripheral portion of the sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer, and a central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer; and the semiconductor wafer is fixed by using the adhesive sheet And a step of separating the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer until the second layer is formed on the first adhesive layer.

第4-1本發明中,首先準備接著片。上述接著片為片狀,故而與藉由旋轉塗佈而形成接著劑層之情形相比,可均勻地形成表面。進 而,不會如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料。又,由於為片狀,故而可簡便地使用。 In the 4-1th invention, the adhesive sheet is first prepared. Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, the surface can be uniformly formed as compared with the case where the adhesive layer is formed by spin coating. Enter However, materials are not wasted as a spin coating. Moreover, since it is in the form of a sheet, it can be easily used.

接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成。接著力高於第2層之第1接著劑層存在於周邊部,故而可於該部分將半導體晶圓牢固地固定於基座上。 The peripheral portion of the sheet is then formed of the first adhesive layer. Then, the first adhesive layer having a higher force than the second layer exists in the peripheral portion, so that the semiconductor wafer can be firmly fixed to the susceptor at this portion.

又,較周邊部更內側之中央部由第1接著劑層與第2層之積層形成。可利用僅第1接著劑層露出之面牢固地固定半導體晶圓或基座。又,於第2層與基座接觸之情形時,容易將接著片自基座剝離,糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 Further, the central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer. The semiconductor wafer or the susceptor can be firmly fixed by the surface on which only the first adhesive layer is exposed. Further, when the second layer is in contact with the susceptor, the adhesive sheet is easily peeled off from the susceptor, and the paste remains small, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

於分離步驟中,切割第1接著劑層。藉此,可破壞第1接著劑層之連續性,可將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。又,接著片由於在其周邊部形成有第1接著劑層,故而容易切割第1接著劑層。 In the separating step, the first adhesive layer is cut. Thereby, the continuity of the first adhesive layer can be broken, and the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer. Further, since the succeeding film has the first adhesive layer formed on the peripheral portion thereof, the first adhesive layer can be easily cut.

第4-1本發明中,所謂第1接著劑層之接著力及第2層之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。再者,於第1接著劑層為藉由進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。於第2層為藉由進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。具體而言,可利用實施例中所記載之方法進行測定。 In the present invention, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer and the adhesion force of the second layer are 90° tearing of the germanium wafer under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. In addition to peeling force. In the case where the first adhesive layer is followed by hydrazine imidization or thermal curing, it means a state of being fixed on a ruthenium wafer (for example, after ruthenium or after thermal hardening) 90° peel off the peel force. In the case where the second layer is followed by hydrazine imidization or thermal hardening, it means a 90° tear-off in a state of being fixed on a germanium wafer (for example, after hydrazine imidization or after heat hardening). Peel force. Specifically, the measurement can be carried out by the method described in the examples.

第4-2本發明係關於一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其特徵在於包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片具有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層,接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第2層形成;使用上述接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及於上述第1接著劑層上切出切口直至到達上述第2層為止而將上述基座自上述半導體晶圓分離 之步驟。 A fourth aspect of the invention is directed to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second bonding force lower than a second bonding layer a layer, wherein a peripheral portion of the sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer, a central portion further inside the peripheral portion is formed of the second layer, and a step of fixing the semiconductor wafer to the pedestal using the adhesive sheet; Cutting a slit in the first adhesive layer until the second layer is reached to separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer The steps.

第4-2本發明中,首先準備接著片。上述接著片為片狀,故而與藉由旋轉塗佈而形成接著劑層之情形相比,可均勻地形成表面。進而,不會如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料。又,由於為片狀,故而可簡便地使用。 In the fourth invention of the present invention, first, a sheet is prepared. Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, the surface can be uniformly formed as compared with the case where the adhesive layer is formed by spin coating. Furthermore, the material is not wasted as a spin coating. Moreover, since it is in the form of a sheet, it can be easily used.

接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成。接著力高於第2層之第1接著劑層存在於周邊部,故而可於該部分將半導體晶圓牢固地固定於基座上。 The peripheral portion of the sheet is then formed of the first adhesive layer. Then, the first adhesive layer having a higher force than the second layer exists in the peripheral portion, so that the semiconductor wafer can be firmly fixed to the susceptor at this portion.

又,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第2層形成。由於第2層與基座接觸,故而容易剝離接著片,糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 Further, a central portion further inside than the peripheral portion is formed by the second layer. Since the second layer is in contact with the susceptor, the adhesive sheet is easily peeled off, and the paste remains small, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

於分離步驟中,切割第1接著劑層。藉此,可破壞第1接著劑層之連續性,可將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。又,接著片由於在其周邊部形成有第1接著劑層,故而容易於第1接著劑層上切出切口。 In the separating step, the first adhesive layer is cut. Thereby, the continuity of the first adhesive layer can be broken, and the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer. Further, since the succeeding film has the first adhesive layer formed on the peripheral portion thereof, it is easy to cut the slit in the first adhesive layer.

第4-2本發明中,第1接著劑層之接著力及第2層之接著力之定義係與第4-1本發明之情形相同。 In the fourth aspect of the invention, the definition of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer and the adhesion of the second layer is the same as that of the case of the 4-1th invention.

第4-3本發明係關於一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片積層有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層;使用上述接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及於上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之邊界切出切口而將上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層分離之步驟。 A fourth aspect of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesion force than the first adhesive layer a step of fixing the semiconductor wafer to the susceptor using the adhesive sheet; and cutting a slit at a boundary between the first adhesive layer and the second layer to separate the first adhesive layer from the second layer step.

第4-3本發明中,首先準備接著片。上述接著片為片狀,故而與藉由旋轉塗佈而形成接著劑層之情形相比,可均勻地形成表面。進而,不會如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料。又,由於為片狀,故而可簡便地使用。 In the fourth invention of the present invention, first, a sheet is prepared. Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, the surface can be uniformly formed as compared with the case where the adhesive layer is formed by spin coating. Furthermore, the material is not wasted as a spin coating. Moreover, since it is in the form of a sheet, it can be easily used.

上述接著片係第1接著劑層與接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層之 積層體。固定步驟中,使用其將半導體晶圓固定於基座上。由於使用具有第1接著劑層之接著片,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。 The adhesive sheet is a first adhesive layer and a bonding force lower than that of the second adhesive layer of the first adhesive layer Laminated body. In the fixing step, it is used to fix the semiconductor wafer to the susceptor. Since the adhesive sheet having the first adhesive layer is used, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor.

分離步驟中,於第1接著劑層與接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層之邊界切出切口。由於第2層之接著力低於第1接著劑層,故而可以切口部分作為起點而將第1接著劑層與第2層容易地分離。 In the separating step, the slit is cut out at the boundary between the first adhesive layer and the second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer. Since the adhesion force of the second layer is lower than that of the first adhesive layer, the first adhesive layer and the second layer can be easily separated by using the slit portion as a starting point.

第4-3本發明中,第1接著劑層之接著力、及第2層之接著力之定義係與第4-1本發明之情形相同。 In the fourth aspect of the invention, the definition of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer and the adhesion of the second layer is the same as in the case of the fourth invention.

使用上述接著片將上述半導體晶圓固定於上述基座上之步驟較佳為藉由將上述半導體晶圓貼附於上述第1接著劑層上並將上述基座貼附於上述第2層上而將上述半導體晶圓固定於上述基座上之步驟。 Preferably, the step of fixing the semiconductor wafer on the pedestal using the bonding sheet is performed by attaching the semiconductor wafer to the first adhesive layer and attaching the pedestal to the second layer. And the step of fixing the semiconductor wafer to the pedestal.

第1接著劑層係接著力高於第2層且半導體晶圓表面等之凹凸追隨性優異。根據上述構成,第1接著劑層可追隨於半導體晶圓表面之凹凸,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。另一方面,接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層與基座接觸,故而容易將接著片自基座剝離。又,基座之糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 The first adhesive layer has a higher adhesion force than the second layer, and the surface of the semiconductor wafer or the like is excellent in unevenness followability. According to the above configuration, since the first adhesive layer can follow the unevenness on the surface of the semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor. On the other hand, since the second layer having a lower force than the first adhesive layer is in contact with the susceptor, the adhesive sheet is easily peeled off from the susceptor. Further, the paste of the susceptor is less left, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

第4-4本發明係關於一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其包括:於接著片(a)上貼附半導體晶圓之步驟(A);於接著片(b)上貼附基座之步驟(B);將由上述步驟(A)所獲得之附有接著片(a)之半導體晶圓的上述接著片(a)、及由上述步驟(B)所獲得之附有接著片(b)之基座的上述接著片(b)貼合而獲得依序積層有上述基座、上述接著片(b)、上述接著片(a)及上述半導體晶圓的積層體之步驟(C);以及於上述積層體之上述接著片(a)與上述接著片(b)之邊界切出切口而將上述接著片(a)與上述接著片(b)分離之步驟(D);且上述接著片(a)及(b)中之一者之接著力低於另一者。 4-4 The present invention relates to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a step (A) of attaching a semiconductor wafer to a bonding sheet (a); and a step of attaching a pedestal to the bonding sheet (b) ( B); the above-mentioned succeeding sheet (a) of the semiconductor wafer with the adhesive sheet (a) obtained by the above step (A), and the base of the adhesive sheet (b) obtained by the above step (B) The bonding sheet (b) of the holder is bonded to obtain a step (C) of sequentially laminating the pedestal, the bonding sheet (b), the bonding sheet (a), and the semiconductor wafer; and a step (D) of cutting the slit between the succeeding sheet (a) and the succeeding sheet (b) and separating the succeeding sheet (a) from the succeeding sheet (b); and the succeeding sheet (a) And one of (b) has a lower power than the other.

由於使用片狀之接著片(a)及(b),故而不會如旋轉塗佈般浪費材 料。 Since the sheet-like adhesive sheets (a) and (b) are used, they are not wasteful like spin coating. material.

獲得積層體之步驟中,不僅使用接著力較低之接著片,而且併用接著力相對較高之接著片,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。 In the step of obtaining the laminated body, not only the adhesive sheet having a lower bonding force but also a bonding sheet having a relatively high bonding force is used, so that the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor.

分離步驟中,於積層體之接著片(a)與接著片(b)之邊界切出切口。接著片(a)及(b)中之一者之接著力低於另一者,故而可以切口部分作為起點而將接著片(a)與(b)容易地分離。 In the separating step, the slit is cut at the boundary between the succeeding sheet (a) and the succeeding sheet (b) of the laminated body. Then, the adhesion force of one of the sheets (a) and (b) is lower than the other, so that the succeeding sheets (a) and (b) can be easily separated by using the slit portion as a starting point.

第4-4本發明中,所謂接著片(a)之接著力及接著片(b)之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。再者,於接著片(a)為藉由進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。於接著片(b)為藉由進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。具體而言,可利用實施例中所記載之方法進行測定。 In the fourth aspect of the invention, the adhesive force of the adhesive sheet (a) and the adhesive force of the adhesive sheet (b) refer to a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. ° Peel off the peeling force. Further, in the case where the succeeding sheet (a) is a person who is subjected to ruthenium iodization or thermal hardening, etc., it means a state of being fixed on a ruthenium wafer (for example, after ruthenium or after heat hardening) 90° peel off the peel force. In the case where the succeeding sheet (b) is a ruthenium imidization or heat hardening, etc., it means a state of being fixed on the ruthenium wafer (for example, after yttrium or after thermosetting) Peel off the peeling force. Specifically, the measurement can be carried out by the method described in the examples.

上述接著片(b)之接著力較佳為低於上述接著片(a)。 The adhesive force of the above-mentioned succeeding sheet (b) is preferably lower than that of the above-mentioned adhesive sheet (a).

根據上述構成,接著片(a)係接著力高於接著片(b)且半導體晶圓表面等之凹凸追隨性優異。接著片(a)可追隨於半導體晶圓表面之凹凸,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。另一方面,由於接著力低於接著片(a)之接著片(b)與基座接觸,故而容易將接著片(b)自基座剝離。又,基座之糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 According to the above configuration, the adhesion strength of the succeeding sheet (a) is higher than that of the adhesive sheet (b), and the surface of the semiconductor wafer or the like is excellent. The sheet (a) can follow the irregularities on the surface of the semiconductor wafer, so that the semiconductor wafer can be well fixed to the susceptor. On the other hand, since the adhesive force is lower than the contact sheet (b) of the adhesive sheet (a) and the susceptor, the adhesive sheet (b) is easily peeled off from the susceptor. Further, the paste of the susceptor is less left, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

第4-5本發明係關於一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其包括:於暫時固定用片材之一面貼附半導體晶圓之步驟(I);於上述暫時固定用片材之另一面貼附具有斜面部的基座之步驟(II);於上述暫時固定用片材與上述基座之上述斜面部之間形成接著力高於上述暫時固定片材之暫時固定用接著劑層而將上述暫時固定用 片材固定於上述基座上之步驟(III);以及上述步驟(I)~(III)之後,於上述暫時固定用片材上切出切口而將上述基座自上述暫時固定用片材分離之步驟(IV)。 The present invention relates to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a step (I) of attaching a semiconductor wafer to one side of a temporary fixing sheet; and attaching to the other side of the temporary fixing sheet a step (II) of the pedestal base; and the temporary fixing of the temporary fixing sheet between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor is higher than the temporary fixing sheet use After the sheet is fixed to the susceptor (III); and after the steps (I) to (III), a slit is cut in the temporary fixing sheet to separate the susceptor from the temporary fixing sheet Step (IV).

暫時固定用片材為片狀,與藉由旋轉塗佈而形成接著劑層之情形相比,可均勻地形成表面。因此,暫時固定用片材可與半導體晶圓良好地接著。又,由於使用接著力高於暫時固定片材之暫時固定用接著劑層,故而可將暫時固定用片材牢固地固定於基座上。因此,可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。 The sheet for temporary fixation is in the form of a sheet, and the surface can be uniformly formed as compared with the case where the adhesive layer is formed by spin coating. Therefore, the temporary fixing sheet can be well adhered to the semiconductor wafer. Further, since the adhesive layer having a temporary adhesive force higher than the temporary fixing sheet is used, the temporary fixing sheet can be firmly fixed to the susceptor. Therefore, the semiconductor wafer can be well fixed to the susceptor.

步驟(IV)中,於暫時固定用片材上切出切口。藉此,可破壞暫時固定用片材之連續性,可將基座自暫時固定用片材容易地分離。又,由於在暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成暫時固定用接著劑層,故而容易於暫時固定用片材上切出切口。 In the step (IV), the slit is cut out on the temporarily fixing sheet. Thereby, the continuity of the temporary fixing sheet can be broken, and the susceptor can be easily separated from the temporary fixing sheet. Further, since the temporary fixing adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor, it is easy to cut the slit in the temporary fixing sheet.

第4-5本發明中,所謂暫時固定用片材之接著力及暫時固定用接著劑層之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。再者,於暫時固定用片材為進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。於暫時固定用接著劑層為進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。具體而言,可利用實施例中所記載之方法進行測定。 In the fourth aspect of the invention, the adhesion force of the temporary fixing sheet and the adhesion force of the temporary fixing adhesive layer refer to the temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C and the peeling speed of 300 mm / min. Peel off the peel force at 90°. In the case where the sheet for temporary fixing is a quinone imidization or thermosetting, it means a state in which it is fixed on a ruthenium wafer (for example, after ytidine or after thermal hardening). ° Peel off the peeling force. In the case where the adhesive layer for temporary fixing is a ruthenium imidization or heat hardening, it means a 90° tearing state in a state of being fixed on a ruthenium wafer (for example, after ytidine or after thermal hardening). In addition to peeling force. Specifically, the measurement can be carried out by the method described in the examples.

第5本發明係關於一種半導體裝置製造用接著片,其係用以將半導體晶圓固定於基座上者,且具有第1接著劑層、及以具有大量貫通孔之構造體及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架之第2層,上述第2層之接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之接著力。 According to a fifth aspect of the invention, there is provided an adhesive sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device, wherein the semiconductor wafer is fixed to a susceptor, and has a first adhesive layer and a structure having a large number of through holes and/or a non-woven fabric The structural body serves as the second layer of the skeleton, and the adhesion of the second layer is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer.

上述接著片為片狀,故而不會如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料。又,無需除去旋轉塗佈機之污垢而裝置保養較容易。上述接著片為片狀,故 而與藉由旋轉塗佈而形成接著劑層之情形相比,可均勻地形成第1接著劑層表面,可使第1接著劑層之接著力變得良好。 Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, material is not wasted as in the case of spin coating. Moreover, it is not necessary to remove the dirt of the spin coater, and the maintenance of the apparatus is easy. The above-mentioned succeeding film is in the form of a sheet, so On the other hand, the surface of the first adhesive layer can be uniformly formed as compared with the case where the adhesive layer is formed by spin coating, and the adhesion of the first adhesive layer can be improved.

上述接著片由於具有第1接著劑層,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。另一方面,由於具有接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層,故而可藉由外力而將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。 Since the above-mentioned adhesive sheet has the first adhesive layer, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor. On the other hand, since the second layer having the lower adhesion force than the first adhesive layer is provided, the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer by an external force.

又,第2層係以具有大量貫通孔之構造體及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架之層,例如可藉由金網等篩網、不織布等而形成。因此,於製造接著片時,只要準備第1接著劑層之接著劑組合物作為接著材料即可,無需如專利文獻1般準備填充層及邊緣接合之2種接著劑。 Further, the second layer is a layer having a structure having a large number of through holes and/or a non-woven structure as a skeleton, and can be formed, for example, by a mesh such as a gold mesh or a non-woven fabric. Therefore, when the adhesive sheet is prepared, the adhesive composition of the first adhesive layer is prepared as the adhesive material, and it is not necessary to prepare two kinds of adhesives for the filling layer and the edge bonding as in Patent Document 1.

第5本發明中,所謂第1接著劑層之接著力及第2層之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。再者,於第1接著劑層為藉由進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。第2層亦相同。具體而言,可利用實施例中所記載之方法進行測定。 In the fifth aspect of the invention, the adhesion between the first adhesive layer and the adhesion of the second layer means a 90° peeling and peeling of the tantalum wafer under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. force. In the case where the first adhesive layer is followed by hydrazine imidization or thermal curing, it means a state of being fixed on a ruthenium wafer (for example, after ruthenium or after thermal hardening) 90° peel off the peel force. The second layer is also the same. Specifically, the measurement can be carried out by the method described in the examples.

較佳為藉由接著劑組合物而填充上述貫通孔及上述不織布狀構造體之多個孔。於該情形時,可根據具有貫通孔之構造體之開口率或不織布狀構造體之密度等而控制接著劑組合物與半導體晶圓或基座接觸的面積,可容易地形成低接著力之第2層。 Preferably, the through holes and the plurality of holes of the nonwoven fabric structure are filled by the adhesive composition. In this case, the area of contact of the adhesive composition with the semiconductor wafer or the susceptor can be controlled according to the aperture ratio of the structure having the through holes or the density of the non-woven structure, and the like, and the low adhesion force can be easily formed. 2 layer.

較佳為上述半導體裝置製造用接著片之至少周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成。 It is preferable that at least a peripheral portion of the succeeding sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device is formed of the first adhesive layer.

由於上述接著片之周邊部由第1接著劑層形成,故而可對該部分進行良好地固定。 Since the peripheral portion of the above-mentioned adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer, the portion can be favorably fixed.

較佳為較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成。 Preferably, the central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer.

根據上述構成,可利用僅包含第1接著劑層之面牢固地固定半導 體晶圓或基座。可利用具有第1接著劑層及第2層之面良好地固定半導體晶圓或基座。 According to the above configuration, the semiconductor can be firmly fixed by the surface including only the first adhesive layer. Body wafer or pedestal. The semiconductor wafer or the susceptor can be favorably fixed by the surface having the first adhesive layer and the second layer.

又,上述接著片由於在周邊部形成有第1接著劑層,故而容易切割第1接著劑層、或降低第1接著劑層之接著力,可容易地進行分離。 Further, since the first adhesive layer is formed on the peripheral portion in the peripheral portion, the first adhesive layer can be easily cut or the adhesion of the first adhesive layer can be lowered, and the separation can be easily performed.

上述接著片亦較佳為較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第2層形成。根據上述構成,可利用具有第1接著劑層及第2層之面良好地固定半導體晶圓或基座。 It is preferable that the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is formed such that the central portion further inside than the peripheral portion is formed by the second layer. According to the above configuration, the semiconductor wafer or the susceptor can be favorably fixed by the surface having the first adhesive layer and the second layer.

又,上述接著片由於在周邊部形成有第1接著劑層,故而容易切割第1接著劑層、或降低第1接著劑層之接著力,可容易地進行分離。 Further, since the first adhesive layer is formed on the peripheral portion in the peripheral portion, the first adhesive layer can be easily cut or the adhesion of the first adhesive layer can be lowered, and the separation can be easily performed.

又,上述接著片亦較佳為藉由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層而形成。 Further, it is preferable that the adhesive sheet is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer and the second layer.

又,第5本發明係關於一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其包括:使用上述半導體裝置製造用接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及將上述基座自上述半導體晶圓分離之步驟。 Further, a fifth aspect of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a step of fixing a semiconductor wafer on a susceptor using the above-described semiconductor device manufacturing tab; and separating the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer step.

根據第1本發明,可將半導體晶圓牢固地固定於基座上,並且可將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。 According to the first aspect of the invention, the semiconductor wafer can be firmly fixed to the susceptor, and the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer.

1‧‧‧基座 1‧‧‧Base

2‧‧‧基座 2‧‧‧Base

3‧‧‧半導體晶圓 3‧‧‧Semiconductor wafer

4‧‧‧半導體晶圓 4‧‧‧Semiconductor wafer

5‧‧‧接著片 5‧‧‧Next film

6‧‧‧接著片 6‧‧‧Next film

7‧‧‧接著片 7‧‧‧Next film

12‧‧‧基材 12‧‧‧Substrate

13‧‧‧接著片(a) 13‧‧‧Next film (a)

14‧‧‧隔片 14‧‧‧ spacer

22‧‧‧基材 22‧‧‧Substrate

23‧‧‧接著片(b) 23‧‧‧Next film (b)

24‧‧‧隔片 24‧‧‧ spacer

31‧‧‧基座 31‧‧‧ Pedestal

32‧‧‧基座 32‧‧‧Base

33‧‧‧基座 33‧‧‧Base

34‧‧‧基座 34‧‧‧Base

35‧‧‧基座 35‧‧‧Base

42‧‧‧半導體晶圓 42‧‧‧Semiconductor wafer

43‧‧‧半導體晶圓 43‧‧‧Semiconductor wafer

44‧‧‧半導體晶圓 44‧‧‧Semiconductor wafer

45‧‧‧半導體晶圓 45‧‧‧Semiconductor wafer

50‧‧‧第1接著劑層 50‧‧‧1st adhesive layer

51‧‧‧第2層 51‧‧‧2nd floor

53‧‧‧中央部 53‧‧‧Central Department

54‧‧‧周邊部 54‧‧‧ peripherals

55‧‧‧第3層 55‧‧‧3rd floor

56‧‧‧貫通孔 56‧‧‧through holes

57‧‧‧構造體 57‧‧‧ Construct

60‧‧‧第1接著劑層 60‧‧‧1st adhesive layer

61‧‧‧第2層 61‧‧‧2nd floor

63‧‧‧中央部 63‧‧‧Central Department

64‧‧‧周邊部 64‧‧‧The surrounding department

65‧‧‧第3層 65‧‧‧3rd floor

66‧‧‧貫通孔 66‧‧‧through holes

70‧‧‧第1接著劑層 70‧‧‧1st adhesive layer

71‧‧‧第2層 71‧‧‧2nd floor

73‧‧‧中央部 73‧‧‧Central Department

74‧‧‧周邊部 74‧‧‧ peripherals

75‧‧‧第3層 75‧‧‧3rd floor

80‧‧‧接著劑層 80‧‧‧ adhesive layer

81‧‧‧暫時固定用片材 81‧‧‧ Temporary fixing sheet

99‧‧‧切口 99‧‧‧ incision

101‧‧‧切口 101‧‧‧ incision

102‧‧‧切口 102‧‧‧ incision

103‧‧‧切口 103‧‧‧Incision

104‧‧‧切口 104‧‧‧Incision

105‧‧‧切口 105‧‧‧ incision

D1‧‧‧基座1之端部與暫時固定用片材81之端部於橫向方向(基座1之面的水平方向)之距離 D1‧‧‧ The distance between the end of the susceptor 1 and the end of the temporary fixing sheet 81 in the lateral direction (the horizontal direction of the surface of the susceptor 1)

D2‧‧‧基座1之端部與基座1之斜面部之傾斜起始位置於橫向方向之距離 D2‧‧‧The distance between the end of the base 1 and the inclined face of the base 1 in the lateral direction

D3‧‧‧半導體晶圓3之端部與暫時固定用片材81之端部於橫向方向(半導體晶圓3之面的水平方向)之距離 D3‧‧‧ The distance between the end of the semiconductor wafer 3 and the end of the temporary fixing sheet 81 in the lateral direction (the horizontal direction of the surface of the semiconductor wafer 3)

D4‧‧‧半導體晶圓3之端部與半導體晶圓3之斜面部之傾斜起始位置於橫向方向之距離 D4‧‧‧ The distance between the end of the semiconductor wafer 3 and the slope of the semiconductor wafer 3 at the starting position in the lateral direction

圖1係第1本發明之實施形態1之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a sheet of the first embodiment of the first invention.

圖2係第1本發明之實施形態1之接著片之俯視圖。 Fig. 2 is a plan view showing a sheet of the first embodiment of the first invention.

圖3係第1本發明之實施形態2之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of the second embodiment of the first invention.

圖4係第1本發明之實施形態2之接著片之俯視圖。 Fig. 4 is a plan view showing a sheet of the second embodiment of the first invention.

圖5係第1本發明之具備第3層之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a third layer of the first sheet of the present invention.

圖6係第1本發明之具備第3層之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a third layer of the first sheet of the present invention.

圖7係表示使用第1本發明之實施形態1之接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上的情況之模式圖。 Fig. 7 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is fixed to a susceptor by using the bonding sheet of the first embodiment of the first invention.

圖8係第2-1本發明之實施形態1之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing the succeeding film of the first embodiment of the present invention.

圖9係第2-1本發明之實施形態2之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the succeeding film of the second embodiment of the present invention.

圖10係表示於第2-1本發明之實施形態1之接著片上貼附半導體晶圓的情況之模式圖。 Fig. 10 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is attached to a bonding sheet according to Embodiment 1 of the 2-1st invention.

圖11係表示使用第2-1本發明之實施形態1之接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上的情況之模式圖。 Fig. 11 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is fixed to a susceptor by using the bonding sheet of the first embodiment of the 2-1st invention.

圖12係第2-2本發明之接著片(a)之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the second sheet (a) of the second invention.

圖13係表示於第2-2本發明之接著片(a)上貼附半導體晶圓之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 13 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is attached to the succeeding film (a) of the second invention.

圖14係第2-2本發明之接著片(b)之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the second sheet (b) of the second invention.

圖15係表示於第2-2本發明之接著片(b)上貼附基座之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 15 is a schematic view showing a state in which a susceptor is attached to the succeeding sheet (b) of the second aspect of the present invention.

圖16係表示使用第2-2本發明之接著片(a)及(b)將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 16 is a schematic view showing a state in which the semiconductor wafer is fixed to the susceptor by using the bonding sheets (a) and (b) of the second aspect of the present invention.

圖17係可用於第3本發明之暫時固定用片材之剖面圖。 Figure 17 is a cross-sectional view of a temporary fixing sheet which can be used in the third invention.

圖18係表示於暫時固定用片材上貼附半導體晶圓之情況之圖。 Fig. 18 is a view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is attached to a sheet for temporary fixing.

圖19係表示於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成接著劑層的情況之圖。 Fig. 19 is a view showing a state in which an adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor.

圖20之(a)係表示於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成接著劑層的情況之圖。(b)係基座之斜面部周邊之放大圖。 Fig. 20 (a) is a view showing a state in which an adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor. (b) An enlarged view of the periphery of the inclined surface of the base.

圖21之(a)係表示於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成接著劑層的情況之圖。(b)係半導體晶圓之斜面部周邊之放大圖。 Fig. 21 (a) is a view showing a state in which an adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor. (b) is an enlarged view of the periphery of the slope of the semiconductor wafer.

圖22係表示於暫時固定用片材上切出切口之情況之圖。 Fig. 22 is a view showing a state in which a slit is cut out on a sheet for temporary fixation.

圖23係具有凹部之暫時固定用片材之剖面圖。 Figure 23 is a cross-sectional view of a temporary fixing sheet having a concave portion.

圖24係可用於第4-1本發明之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Figure 24 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a film which can be used in the 4-1st invention.

圖25係可用於第4-1本發明之接著片之俯視圖。 Figure 25 is a plan view of a sheet which can be used in the 4-1st invention.

圖26係可用於第4-1本發明之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Figure 26 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a sheet which can be used in the 4-1st invention.

圖27係表示第4-1本發明中將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 27 is a schematic view showing a state in which the semiconductor wafer is fixed to the susceptor in the 4-1th invention.

圖28係表示第4-1本發明中切割第1接著劑層之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 28 is a schematic view showing a state in which the first adhesive layer is cut in the 4-1th invention.

圖29係可用於第4-2本發明之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Figure 29 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a sheet which can be used in the 4th-2th invention.

圖30係可用於第4-2本發明之接著片之俯視圖。 Figure 30 is a plan view of a back sheet which can be used in the 4th-2th invention.

圖31係可用於第4-2本發明之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Figure 31 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a sheet which can be used in the 4th-2th invention.

圖32係表示第4-2本發明中切割第1接著劑層之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 32 is a schematic view showing a state in which the first adhesive layer is cut in the fourth invention of the present invention.

圖33係可用於第4-3本發明之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Figure 33 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a sheet which can be used in the 4th to 3rd invention.

圖34係可用於第4-3本發明之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Figure 34 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a sheet which can be used in the 4th to 3rd invention.

圖35係表示第4-3本發明中於接著片上貼附半導體晶圓之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 35 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is attached to a bonding sheet in the fourth invention of the present invention.

圖36係表示第4-3本發明中將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 36 is a schematic view showing a state in which the semiconductor wafer is fixed to the susceptor in the fourth invention of the present invention.

圖37係表示第4-3本發明中於第1接著劑層與第2層之邊界切出切口之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 37 is a schematic view showing a state in which a slit is cut at the boundary between the first adhesive layer and the second layer in the fourth invention of the present invention.

圖38係可用於第4-4本發明之接著片(a)之剖面模式圖。 Figure 38 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a sheet (a) which can be used in the 4th-4th invention.

圖39係表示於接著片(a)上貼附半導體晶圓之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 39 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is attached to a bonding sheet (a).

圖40係可用於第4-4本發明之接著片(b)之剖面模式圖。 Figure 40 is a cross-sectional schematic view of a back sheet (b) which can be used in the 4th-4th invention.

圖41係表示於接著片(b)上貼附基座之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 41 is a schematic view showing a state in which a susceptor is attached to the succeeding sheet (b).

圖42係表示使用接著片(a)及(b)將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 42 is a schematic view showing a state in which the semiconductor wafer is fixed to the susceptor by using the bonding sheets (a) and (b).

圖43係表示於接著片(a)與接著片(b)之邊界切出切口之情況之模式圖。 Fig. 43 is a schematic view showing a state in which a slit is cut at the boundary between the succeeding sheet (a) and the succeeding sheet (b).

圖44係可用於第4-5本發明之暫時固定用片材之剖面圖。 Figure 44 is a cross-sectional view of a temporary fixing sheet which can be used in the 4th to 5th invention.

圖45係表示於暫時固定用片材上貼附半導體晶圓之情況之圖。 Fig. 45 is a view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is attached to a sheet for temporary fixing.

圖46係表示於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成暫時固定用接著劑層的情況之圖。 Fig. 46 is a view showing a state in which a temporary fixing adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor.

圖47之(a)係表示於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成暫時固定用接著劑層的情況之圖。(b)係基座之斜面部周邊之放大圖。 Fig. 47 (a) is a view showing a state in which a temporary fixing adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor. (b) An enlarged view of the periphery of the inclined surface of the base.

圖48之(a)係表示於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成暫時固定用接著劑層的情況之圖。(b)係半導體晶圓之斜面部周邊之放大圖。 Fig. 48 (a) is a view showing a state in which a temporary fixing adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor. (b) is an enlarged view of the periphery of the slope of the semiconductor wafer.

圖49係表示於暫時固定用片材上切出切口之情況之圖。 Fig. 49 is a view showing a state in which a slit is cut out on a sheet for temporary fixation.

圖50係具有凹部之暫時固定用片材之剖面圖。 Fig. 50 is a cross-sectional view showing a sheet for temporary fixing having a concave portion.

圖51係第5本發明之實施形態1之接著片之剖面圖。 Figure 51 is a cross-sectional view showing a sheet of the first embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖52係第5本發明之實施形態1之接著片之俯視圖。 Figure 52 is a plan view showing a sheet of the first embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖53係具有大量貫通孔之構造體之俯視圖。 Fig. 53 is a plan view showing a structure having a large number of through holes.

圖54係具備第3層之接著片之剖面圖。 Fig. 54 is a cross-sectional view showing a sheet having a third layer.

圖55係第5本發明之實施形態2之接著片之剖面圖。 Figure 55 is a cross-sectional view showing a sheet of the second embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖56係第5本發明之實施形態2之接著片之俯視圖。 Fig. 56 is a plan view showing a sheet of the second embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖57係第5本發明之實施形態3之接著片之剖面圖。 Figure 57 is a cross-sectional view showing a sheet of the third embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖58係表示使用第5本發明之實施形態1之接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上的情況之模式圖。 Fig. 58 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is fixed to a susceptor by using the bonding sheet of the first embodiment of the fifth invention.

<<第1本發明>> <<The first invention>> [接著片] [Next film]

第1本發明之半導體裝置製造用接著片係具有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層,且至少上述半導體裝置製造用接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成。 The adhesive sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the first aspect of the invention includes a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer, and at least the peripheral portion of the semiconductor device manufacturing succeeding sheet is 1 The adhesive layer is formed.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第1本發明之接著片進行說明。 Hereinafter, the back sheet of the first invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

圖1係實施形態1之接著片5之剖面模式圖。如圖1所示,接著片5 係周邊部54由第1接著劑層50形成,且較周邊部54更內側之中央部53由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層形成。即,接著片5具有第2層51、及以覆蓋第2層51之上表面及側面之態樣積層於第2層51上之第1接著劑層50。第2層51之接著力低於第1接著劑層50之接著力。 Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a sheet 5 of the first embodiment. As shown in Figure 1, the next piece 5 The peripheral portion 54 is formed of the first adhesive layer 50, and the central portion 53 that is further inside than the peripheral portion 54 is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. That is, the succeeding sheet 5 has the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 laminated on the second layer 51 in a state of covering the upper surface and the side surface of the second layer 51. The adhesion of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50.

接著片5之周邊部54係由第1接著劑層50形成。接著力高於第2層51之第1接著劑層50存在於周邊部54,故而可於該部分將半導體晶圓牢固地固定於基座上。 Next, the peripheral portion 54 of the sheet 5 is formed of the first adhesive layer 50. Then, the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher force than the second layer 51 is present in the peripheral portion 54, so that the semiconductor wafer can be firmly fixed to the susceptor at this portion.

又,不僅具有第1接著劑層50,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層50之第2層51,故而只要降低第1接著劑層50之接著力,則可藉由外力將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。 Further, since the first adhesive layer 50 is provided and the second layer 51 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 50 is provided, the susceptor can be pedestal by an external force as long as the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 is lowered. The semiconductor wafer is easily separated.

接著片5係使第1接著劑層50形成於接著片5之周邊部54,故而利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層50、或利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口,容易降低第1接著劑層50之接著力,而容易將基座自半導體晶圓分離。 Then, in the sheet 5, the first adhesive layer 50 is formed on the peripheral portion 54 of the adhesive sheet 5. Therefore, the first adhesive layer 50 is dissolved in a solvent, or the slit is physically cut by a cutter or a laser, and the number is easily lowered. 1 The adhesion of the adhesive layer 50 facilitates separation of the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer.

接著片5係較周邊部54更內側之中央部53由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層形成。可利用僅第1接著劑層50露出之面牢固地固定半導體晶圓或基座。又,中央部53由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層形成,故而與僅由第1接著劑層50所形成之周邊部54相比,中央部53之接著力相對較低。因此,若至少降低周邊部54之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。又,於第2層51與基座接觸之情形時,容易將接著片5自基座剝離,糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 Next, the central portion 53 of the sheet 5 which is further inside than the peripheral portion 54 is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. The semiconductor wafer or the susceptor can be firmly fixed by the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed. Further, since the central portion 53 is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51, the adhesion force of the central portion 53 is relatively lower than that of the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Therefore, if at least the adhesion of the peripheral portion 54 is lowered, the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer by an external force. Further, when the second layer 51 is in contact with the susceptor, the adhesive sheet 5 is easily peeled off from the susceptor, and the paste remains small, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

接著片5之厚度並無特別限定,例如為10μm以上,較佳為50μm以上。若為10μm以上,則可追隨半導體晶圓裝置表面之凹凸,而可無間隙地填充接著片。又,接著片5之厚度例如為500μm以下,較佳為300μm以下。若為500μm以下,則可抑制或防止厚度之不均或加熱 時之收縮˙膨脹。 The thickness of the sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 10 μm or more, and preferably 50 μm or more. When it is 10 μm or more, the unevenness on the surface of the semiconductor wafer device can be followed, and the adhesive sheet can be filled without a gap. Further, the thickness of the succeeding sheet 5 is, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less. If it is 500 μm or less, unevenness or heating of the thickness can be suppressed or prevented. The contraction of time ̇ swells.

中央部53之第1接著劑層50之厚度可適當設定,較佳為0.1μm以上,更佳為0.5μm以上,進而較佳為1μm以上。又,該厚度較佳為300μm以下,更佳為200μm以下。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 50 of the central portion 53 can be appropriately set, and is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and still more preferably 1 μm or more. Further, the thickness is preferably 300 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less.

又,中央部53之第2層51之厚度可適當設定。 Further, the thickness of the second layer 51 of the central portion 53 can be appropriately set.

第1接著劑層係彈性模數通常低於第2層,故而形成時容易於表面產生起伏。就上述觀點而言,較佳為使第1接著劑層較薄且使第2層較厚。另一方面,第1接著劑層係玻璃轉移溫度通常高於第2層,故而形成時之收縮較大。就上述觀點而言,較佳為使第1接著劑層較厚且使第2層較薄。 Since the first adhesive layer has a modulus of elasticity lower than that of the second layer, it is easy to cause undulation on the surface when formed. From the above viewpoints, it is preferred that the first adhesive layer be thin and the second layer be thick. On the other hand, since the glass transition temperature of the first adhesive layer is generally higher than that of the second layer, the shrinkage at the time of formation is large. From the above viewpoints, it is preferred that the first adhesive layer be thick and the second layer be thin.

圖2係實施形態1之接著片5之俯視圖。如圖2所示,接著片5於俯視時之形狀為圓形。 Fig. 2 is a plan view showing a sheet 5 of the first embodiment. As shown in FIG. 2, the shape of the succeeding piece 5 is circular in plan view.

接著片5之直徑並無特別限定。例如,相對於基座之直徑,接著片5之直徑較佳為+1.0~-1.0mm。 The diameter of the sheet 5 is not particularly limited. For example, the diameter of the sheet 5 is preferably +1.0 to -1.0 mm with respect to the diameter of the susceptor.

又,於俯視接著片5時,第2層51之形狀為圓形。相對於俯視接著片5時之接著片5之面積,俯視接著片5時之第2層51之面積較佳為10%以上,更佳為20%以上,進而較佳為50%以上。若為10%以上,則容易降低形成於周邊部54之第1接著劑層50之接著力,而容易將基座自半導體晶圓分離。又,第2層51之面積較佳為99.95%以下,更佳為99.9%以下。若為99.95%以下,則可將半導體晶圓牢固地固定於基座上。 Further, when the succeeding sheet 5 is viewed in plan, the shape of the second layer 51 is circular. The area of the second layer 51 in the plan view of the sheet 5 is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, and still more preferably 50% or more with respect to the area of the sheet 5 when the sheet 5 is viewed from above. When it is 10% or more, it is easy to reduce the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 formed in the peripheral portion 54, and it is easy to separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer. Further, the area of the second layer 51 is preferably 99.95% or less, more preferably 99.9% or less. If it is 99.95% or less, the semiconductor wafer can be firmly fixed to the susceptor.

第1本發明之接著片並不限定於實施形態1之接著片5。圖3係實施形態2之接著片之剖面模式圖。如圖3所示,接著片6係周邊部64由第1接著劑層60形成,且較周邊部64更內側之中央部63由第2層61形成。第2層61之接著力低於第1接著劑層60之接著力。 The adhesive sheet of the first aspect of the invention is not limited to the adhesive sheet 5 of the first embodiment. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a sheet of the second embodiment. As shown in FIG. 3, the succeeding sheet 6 is formed by the first adhesive layer 60, and the central portion 63 which is further inside than the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the second layer 61. The adhesion of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60.

接著片6係較周邊部64更內側之中央部63由第2層61形成。由於 中央部63由第2層61形成,故而若降低存在於周邊部64之第1接著劑層60之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。又,由於第2層61與基座接觸,故而容易將接著片6自基座剝離,糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 Next, the sheet 6 is formed on the inner side 63 of the inner side of the peripheral portion 64 by the second layer 61. due to Since the central portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, if the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60 existing in the peripheral portion 64 is lowered, the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer by an external force. Further, since the second layer 61 is in contact with the susceptor, the adhesive sheet 6 is easily peeled off from the susceptor, and the paste remains small, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

接著片6之厚度並無特別限定,例如與實施形態1之接著片5中所例示者相同。 The thickness of the sheet 6 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, the same as those exemplified in the sheet 5 of the first embodiment.

圖4係實施形態2之接著片6之俯視圖。如圖4所示,接著片6於俯視時之形狀為圓形。接著片6之直徑並無特別限定,例如與實施形態1之接著片5中所例示者相同。又,俯視接著片6時之第2層61之面積並無特別限定,例如與實施形態1之接著片5中所例示者相同。 Fig. 4 is a plan view showing a sheet 6 of the second embodiment. As shown in FIG. 4, the shape of the succeeding sheet 6 is circular in plan view. The diameter of the sheet 6 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, the same as those exemplified in the sheet 5 of the first embodiment. Further, the area of the second layer 61 when the sheet 6 is viewed in plan is not particularly limited, and is, for example, the same as those exemplified in the sheet 5 of the first embodiment.

第2層51、61之接著力只要低於第1接著劑層50、60之接著力,則並無特別限定。關於第2層51、61之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可容易地剝離第2層51、61。該90°撕除剝離力之下限並無特別限定,例如為0N/20mm以上,較佳為0.001N/20mm以上。該90°撕除剝離力越低,越容易剝離第2層51、61。 The adhesion of the second layers 51 and 61 is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layers 50 and 60. Regarding the adhesion force of the second layer 51, 61, for example, the temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C, the peeling speed of 300 mm / min, the 90 ° peeling peeling force for the silicon wafer is preferably less than 0.30 N / 20 mm, more preferably 0.20N/20mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, the second layer 51, 61 can be easily peeled off. The lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more, preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more. The lower the 90° peeling peeling force, the easier it is to peel off the second layers 51 and 61.

關於第1接著劑層50、60之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。若為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓良好地保持於基座上,而可良好地進行背面研磨等。又,該90°撕除剝離力之上限並無特別限定,越大越好,例如為30N/20mm以下,較佳為20N/20mm以下。 With respect to the adhesion force of the first adhesive layers 50 and 60, for example, a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min, the 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably It is 0.40N/20mm or more. When it is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably held on the susceptor, and back surface polishing or the like can be favorably performed. Further, the upper limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, preferably 20 N/20 mm or less.

如圖5、6所示,第1本發明之接著片亦可為形成有其他層者。圖5、6係具備第3層之接著片之剖面模式圖。圖5之接著片5係遍及周邊部54及中央部53而形成有第3層55。圖6之接著片6係遍及周邊部64及 中央部63而形成有第3層65。藉由將接著力低於第1接著劑層50、60之第3層55、65露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓上,可將附有第3層55、65之接著片5、6自半導體晶圓容易地剝離。又,可消除半導體晶圓之糊劑殘留,而可省略半導體晶圓之洗淨步驟。 As shown in Figs. 5 and 6, the first sheet of the present invention may be formed with other layers. 5 and 6 are schematic cross-sectional views of the succeeding film of the third layer. The back sheet 5 of FIG. 5 is formed with a third layer 55 over the peripheral portion 54 and the central portion 53. The backing sheet 6 of FIG. 6 is spread over the peripheral portion 64 and The third layer 65 is formed in the central portion 63. By attaching the exposed surface of the third layer 55, 65 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layers 50, 60 to the semiconductor wafer, the adhesive sheets 5, 6 to which the third layer 55, 65 are attached can be self-contained. The semiconductor wafer is easily peeled off. Moreover, the paste residue of the semiconductor wafer can be eliminated, and the semiconductor wafer cleaning step can be omitted.

第3層55、65之接著力只要低於第1接著劑層50、60之接著力,則並無特別限定。例如,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可無糊劑殘留地剝離,而可省略半導體晶圓等之洗淨步驟。又,該90°撕除剝離力之下限並無特別限定,例如為0N/20mm以上,較佳為0.001N/20mm以上。若為0N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓良好地保持於基座上。 The adhesion of the third layers 55 and 65 is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layers 50 and 60. For example, the 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably less than 0.30 N/20 mm, more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, it can be peeled off without a paste, and the washing step of a semiconductor wafer or the like can be omitted. Further, the lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more, and preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more. If it is 0 N/20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably held on the susceptor.

作為構成第1接著劑層50、60之接著劑組合物,只要以第1接著劑層50、60之接著力高於第2層51、61之接著力之方式進行選擇,則並無特別限定。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layers 50 and 60 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the first adhesive layers 50 and 60 is higher than the adhesion of the second layers 51 and 61. .

作為構成第1接著劑層50、60之接著劑組合物,可較佳地使用具有醯亞胺基且具有來自至少一部分具有醚結構之二胺之構成單元的聚醯亞胺樹脂。又,亦可較佳地使用聚矽氧樹脂。其中,就耐熱性、抗藥性、糊劑殘留性方面而言,較佳為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂。 As the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layers 50 and 60, a polyimide resin having a quinone imine group and having a constituent unit derived from at least a part of a diamine having an ether structure can be preferably used. Further, a polyoxynoxy resin can also be preferably used. Among them, the above polyimine resin is preferred in terms of heat resistance, drug resistance, and paste residue.

上述聚醯亞胺樹脂通常可藉由對作為其前驅物之聚醯胺酸進行醯亞胺化(脫水縮合)而獲得。作為對聚醯胺酸進行醯亞胺化之方法,例如可採用先前公知之加熱醯亞胺化法、共沸脫水法、化學醯亞胺化法等。其中,較佳為加熱醯亞胺化法。於採用加熱醯亞胺化法之情形時,為了防止由聚醯亞胺樹脂之氧化所導致的劣化,較佳為於氮氣環境下或真空中等惰性環境下進行加熱處理。 The above polyimine resin can be usually obtained by ruthenium imidization (dehydration condensation) of polylysine as its precursor. As a method of ruthenium imidizing polylysine, for example, a conventionally known heating hydrazine imidation method, azeotropic dehydration method, chemical hydrazine imidation method, or the like can be employed. Among them, a heated hydrazine imidation method is preferred. In the case of the heated hydrazine imidation method, in order to prevent deterioration caused by oxidation of the polyimide resin, it is preferred to carry out heat treatment under a nitrogen atmosphere or an inert atmosphere such as vacuum.

上述聚醯胺酸係可於適當選擇之溶劑中以實質上成為等莫耳比之方式添加酸酐及二胺(包括具有醚結構之二胺及不具有醚結構之二 胺兩者)並進行反應而獲得。 The above polylysine may be added to an acid anhydride and a diamine (including a diamine having an ether structure and a second having no ether structure) in a substantially selected molar ratio in a solvent selected to be appropriately selected. Both amines are obtained by reacting.

上述具有醚結構之二胺只要為具有醚結構且具有至少2個具有胺結構之端末的化合物,則並無特別限定。例如可列舉具有二醇骨架之二胺等。 The diamine having an ether structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a ether structure and has at least two compounds having an amine structure. For example, a diamine having a diol skeleton or the like can be mentioned.

作為上述具有二醇骨架之二胺,例如可列舉:具有聚丙二醇結構且於兩末端各具有1個胺基之二胺、具有聚乙二醇結構且於兩末端各具有1個胺基之二胺、具有聚醚雙醇結構且於兩末端各具有1個胺基之二胺等具有伸烷基二醇之二胺。又,可列舉具有複數個該等二醇結構且於兩末端各具有1個胺基之二胺。 Examples of the diamine having a diol skeleton include a diamine having a polypropylene glycol structure and having one amine group at each terminal, a polyethylene glycol structure, and one amine group at each end. A diamine having an alkylene glycol such as an amine or a diamine having a polyether diol structure and having one amine group at both ends. Further, a diamine having a plurality of such diol structures and having one amine group at each end may be mentioned.

上述具有醚結構之二胺之分子量較佳為100~5000之範圍內,更佳為150~4800。若上述具有醚結構之二胺之分子量於100~5000之範圍內,則容易獲得低溫下之接著力較高且高溫下具有剝離性之第1接著劑層50、60。 The molecular weight of the above diamine having an ether structure is preferably in the range of from 100 to 5,000, more preferably from 150 to 4,800. When the molecular weight of the diamine having an ether structure is in the range of 100 to 5,000, the first adhesive layers 50 and 60 having a high adhesion at a low temperature and having releasability at a high temperature are easily obtained.

上述聚醯亞胺樹脂之形成時,除具有醚結構之二胺以外,亦可併用不具有醚結構之二胺。作為不具有醚結構之二胺,可列舉脂肪族二胺或芳香族二胺。藉由併用不具有醚結構之二胺,可控制與被接著體之密接力。具有醚結構之二胺與不具有醚結構之二胺的調配比例以莫耳比計較佳為100:0~10:90之範圍內,更佳為100:0~20:80,進而較佳為99:1~30:70。若上述具有醚結構之二胺與上述不具有醚結構之二胺的調配比例以莫耳比計處於100:0~10:90之範圍內,則高溫下之熱剝離性更優異。 In the formation of the above polyimine resin, in addition to the diamine having an ether structure, a diamine having no ether structure may be used in combination. Examples of the diamine having no ether structure include an aliphatic diamine or an aromatic diamine. By using a diamine having no ether structure in combination, the adhesion to the adherend can be controlled. The blending ratio of the diamine having an ether structure to the diamine having no ether structure is preferably in the range of 100:0 to 10:90, more preferably 100:0 to 20:80, more preferably in the molar ratio. 99:1~30:70. When the ratio of the above-described diamine having an ether structure to the above-described diamine having no ether structure is in the range of 100:0 to 10:90 in terms of a molar ratio, the thermal peeling property at a high temperature is further excellent.

作為上述脂肪族二胺,例如可列舉:乙二胺、六亞甲基二胺、1,8-二胺基辛烷、1,10-二胺基癸烷、1,12-二胺基十二烷、4,9-二氧雜-1,12-二胺基十二烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷(α、ω-雙胺基丙基四甲基二矽氧烷)等。上述脂肪族二胺之分子量通常為50~1,000,000,較佳為100~30,000。 Examples of the above aliphatic diamine include ethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,10-diaminodecane, and 1,12-diamine-10- Dioxane, 4,9-dioxa-1,12-diaminododecane, 1,3-bis(3-aminopropyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldioxine An alkane (α, ω-diaminopropyl tetramethyldioxane) or the like. The molecular weight of the above aliphatic diamine is usually from 50 to 1,000,000, preferably from 100 to 30,000.

作為芳香族二胺,例如可列舉:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯醚、間苯二胺、對苯二胺、4,4'-二胺基二苯基丙烷、3,3'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基硫醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯基硫醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)-2,2-二甲基丙烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮等。上述芳香族二胺之分子量通常為50~1000,較佳為100~500。上述脂肪族二胺之分子量及上述芳香族二胺之分子量係指利用GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography,凝膠滲透層析法)進行測定並根據聚苯乙烯換算而算出之值(重量平均分子量)。 Examples of the aromatic diamine include 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and m-phenylenediamine. , p-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3' -diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylanthracene, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylanthracene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy) Benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)-2 , 2-dimethylpropane, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, and the like. The molecular weight of the above aromatic diamine is usually from 50 to 1,000, preferably from 100 to 500. The molecular weight of the above-mentioned aliphatic diamine and the molecular weight of the above aromatic diamine are values (weight average molecular weight) calculated by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) and calculated in terms of polystyrene.

作為上述酸酐,例如可列舉:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐(6FDA)、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)碸二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)碸二酐、均苯四甲酸二酐、乙二醇雙偏苯三甲酸二酐等。該等可單獨使用,亦可併用2種以上。 Examples of the acid anhydride include 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 3,3',4. , 4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2, 2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride (6FDA), double (2,3-di) Carboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ruthenic anhydride, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)anthracene Di-anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, ethylene glycol trimellitic acid dianhydride, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為使上述酸酐與上述二胺反應時之溶劑,可列舉:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、環戊酮等。該等可單獨使用,亦可混合複數種而使用。又,為了調整原材料或樹脂之溶解性,亦可適當混合甲苯或二甲苯等非極性溶劑而使用。 Examples of the solvent for reacting the above acid anhydride with the above diamine include N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformamide, and cyclopentanone. Wait. These may be used singly or in combination of plural kinds. Further, in order to adjust the solubility of the raw material or the resin, a nonpolar solvent such as toluene or xylene may be appropriately mixed and used.

作為上述聚矽氧樹脂,例如可列舉過氧化物交聯型聚矽氧系黏著劑、加成反應型聚矽氧系黏著劑、脫氫反應型聚矽氧系黏著劑、濕氣硬化型聚矽氧系黏著劑等。上述聚矽氧樹脂可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。若使用上述聚矽氧樹脂,則耐熱性變高,高溫下之儲存模數或黏著力可成為適當值。於上述聚矽氧樹脂中,就雜質較少方 面而言,較佳為加成反應型聚矽氧系黏著劑。 Examples of the polyoxyxylene resin include a peroxide cross-linking type polyoxynoxy adhesive, an addition reaction type polyoxynoxy adhesive, a dehydrogenation type polyoxynoxy adhesive, and a moisture hardening type polymerization. Oxygen-based adhesives, etc. The above polysiloxane resin may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When the above polyoxyxylene resin is used, the heat resistance is high, and the storage modulus or adhesion at a high temperature can be an appropriate value. In the above polyoxyl resin, there is less impurity In the surface, an addition reaction type polyoxynoxy adhesive is preferred.

構成第1接著劑層50、60之接著劑組合物亦可含有其他添加劑。作為此種其他添加劑,例如可列舉阻燃劑、矽烷偶合劑、離子捕捉劑等。作為阻燃劑,例如可列舉三氧化二銻、五氧化二銻、溴化環氧樹脂等。作為矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉β-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷等。作為離子捕捉劑,例如可列舉水滑石類、氫氧化鉍等。此種其他添加劑可為僅1種,亦可為2種以上。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layers 50 and 60 may also contain other additives. Examples of such other additives include a flame retardant, a decane coupling agent, and an ion scavenger. Examples of the flame retardant include antimony trioxide, antimony pentoxide, and brominated epoxy resin. Examples of the decane coupling agent include β-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, and γ-glycidoxypropylmethyl group. Diethoxydecane, etc. Examples of the ion scavenger include hydrotalcites, barium hydroxide, and the like. These other additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為構成第2層51、61之材料,只要以第2層51、61之接著力低於第1接著劑層50、60之接著力之方式進行選擇,則並無特別限定。作為構成第2層51、61之材料,可列舉Cu、Cr、Ni、Ti等無機材料。又,亦可使用上述聚醯亞胺樹脂、上述聚矽氧樹脂。 The material constituting the second layers 51 and 61 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the second layers 51 and 61 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layers 50 and 60. Examples of the material constituting the second layers 51 and 61 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti. Further, the above polyimine resin and the above polyoxyxylene resin may also be used.

作為構成第3層55、65之材料,只要以第3層55、65之接著力低於第1接著劑層50、60之接著力之方式進行選擇,則並無特別限定,例如可採用與第2層51、61相同者。 The material constituting the third layers 55 and 65 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the third layers 55 and 65 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layers 50 and 60. For example, The second layer 51, 61 is the same.

(接著片之製造) (following the manufacture of the film)

接著片5例如係以如下方式製作。首先,製作包含用以形成第2層51之材料之溶液。繼而,將上述溶液以成為特定厚度之方式塗佈於基材上而形成塗佈膜後,使該塗佈膜於特定條件下乾燥等而形成第2層51。作為上述基材,可使用:SUS304、6-4合金;鋁箔、銅箔、Ni箔等金屬箔;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚乙烯、聚丙烯;或利用氟系剝離劑、長鏈烷基丙烯酸酯系剝離劑等剝離劑進行過表面塗佈之塑膠膜或紙等。又,作為塗佈方法,並無特別限定,例如可列舉輥式塗佈、網版塗佈、凹版塗佈、旋轉塗佈等。 The sheet 5 is then produced, for example, in the following manner. First, a solution containing a material for forming the second layer 51 is produced. Then, the coating solution is applied onto a substrate to have a specific thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under specific conditions to form a second layer 51. As the substrate, SUS304, 6-4 alloy, metal foil such as aluminum foil, copper foil, or Ni foil; polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene; or fluorine-based release agent can be used. A plastic film or paper which has been surface-coated with a release agent such as a long-chain alkyl acrylate release agent. Further, the coating method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, and spin coating.

繼而,自第2層51側利用沖裁加工等沖裁成特定形狀(例如圓形、矩形等),保留沖裁而成之部分(圓形狀、矩形狀等之第2層51)而將外 側剝離、除去。 Then, the second layer 51 is punched into a specific shape (for example, a circular shape or a rectangular shape) by punching or the like, and the punched portion (the second layer 51 such as a circular shape or a rectangular shape) is left. Side peeling and removal.

另一方面,製作包含用以形成第1接著劑層50之組合物之溶液。 On the other hand, a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is prepared.

繼而,於積層有沖裁成特定形狀之第2層51之上述基材上,自第2層51側以成為特定厚度之方式塗佈包含用以形成上述第1接著劑層50之組合物的溶液而形成塗佈膜。其後,使該塗佈膜於特定條件下乾燥等而形成第1接著劑層50。根據以上,獲得圖1、2所示之接著片5。再者,圖3、4所示之接著片6可藉由與接著片5大致相同之方法而製作。 Then, on the substrate on which the second layer 51 having a specific shape is formed by lamination, the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is applied to the second layer 51 side so as to have a specific thickness. The solution was formed to form a coating film. Thereafter, the coating film is dried under specific conditions to form the first adhesive layer 50. From the above, the adhesive sheet 5 shown in Figs. Further, the adhesive sheet 6 shown in Figs. 3 and 4 can be produced by substantially the same method as the adhesive sheet 5.

又,圖5、6所示之第3層55、65可藉由與第2層51相同之方法而形成。 Further, the third layers 55 and 65 shown in Figs. 5 and 6 can be formed by the same method as the second layer 51.

以上之說明中,對俯視時之形狀為圓形之接著片5、6進行了說明。但是,該形狀並無特別限定,亦可為多角形、橢圓形等其他形狀。 In the above description, the succeeding sheets 5 and 6 having a circular shape in plan view have been described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be other shapes such as a polygonal shape or an elliptical shape.

又,對俯視時第2層51、61之形狀為圓形之接著片5、6進行了說明。但是,該形狀並無特別限定,亦可為多角形、橢圓形等其他形狀。 Moreover, the back sheets 5 and 6 in which the shapes of the second layers 51 and 61 are circular in plan view are described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be other shapes such as a polygonal shape or an elliptical shape.

第1本發明之半導體裝置製造用接著片係用以將半導體晶圓固定於基座上。具體而言,可較佳地用於後述之半導體裝置之製造方法。 The succeeding film for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the first aspect of the invention is for fixing a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor. Specifically, it can be preferably used in a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device to be described later.

[半導體裝置之製造方法] [Method of Manufacturing Semiconductor Device]

第1本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:使用接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及將基座自半導體晶圓分離之步驟。例如可列舉如下方法,其包括:使用接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;對半導體晶圓進行背面研磨之步驟;以及將基座自經背面研磨之半導體晶圓分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a first aspect of the invention includes the steps of: fixing a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor using a bonding sheet; and separating the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer. For example, there may be mentioned a method comprising the steps of: fixing a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor using a bonding sheet; performing a back grinding step on the semiconductor wafer; and separating the susceptor from the back-grinded semiconductor wafer.

以下之說明中,對使用實施形態1之接著片5之情形進行說明。圖7係表示使用實施形態1之接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之情況的模式圖。 In the following description, the case where the back sheet 5 of the first embodiment is used will be described. Fig. 7 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is fixed to a susceptor by using the bonding sheet of the first embodiment.

首先,進行使用接著片5將半導體晶圓3固定於基座1上之步驟。具體而言,將接著片5之第1接著劑層50及第2層51露出之面貼附於基座1上,將僅接著片5之第1接著劑層50露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓3之電路形成面上。 First, a step of fixing the semiconductor wafer 3 to the susceptor 1 using the bonding sheet 5 is performed. Specifically, the surface on which the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 of the adhesive sheet 5 are exposed is attached to the susceptor 1, and the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 of the adhesive sheet 5 is exposed is attached to the semiconductor. The circuit of the wafer 3 is formed on the surface.

作為半導體晶圓3,並無特別限定,例如可列舉鍺晶圓、鎵-砷晶圓、鎵-磷晶圓、鎵-砷-鋁晶圓、藍寶石晶圓等化合物半導體晶圓等。其中,較佳為矽晶圓。 The semiconductor wafer 3 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a germanium wafer, a gallium-arsenic wafer, a gallium-phosphorus wafer, a gallium-arsenic-aluminum wafer, and a compound semiconductor wafer such as a sapphire wafer. Among them, a germanium wafer is preferred.

作為半導體晶圓3,使用具有電路形成面及非電路形成面者。又,可較佳地使用具有矽貫通電極(through-silicon via)者。其原因在於,通常具有矽貫通電極之矽晶圓係藉由後述之背面研磨而經薄型化,故而較理想為固定於基座1上而增加強度。 As the semiconductor wafer 3, a circuit forming surface and a non-circuit forming surface are used. Further, a person having a through-silicon via can be preferably used. The reason for this is that the germanium wafer having the germanium through electrode is generally thinned by back surface polishing to be described later, and therefore it is preferable to be fixed to the susceptor 1 to increase the strength.

半導體晶圓3之厚度並無特別限定,例如為400~1200μm,較佳為450~1000μm。 The thickness of the semiconductor wafer 3 is not particularly limited and is, for example, 400 to 1200 μm, preferably 450 to 1000 μm.

半導體晶圓3之直徑並無特別限定,例如為75~450mm。作為此種半導體晶圓3,可使用市售之200mm晶圓、300mm晶圓等。 The diameter of the semiconductor wafer 3 is not particularly limited and is, for example, 75 to 450 mm. As such a semiconductor wafer 3, a commercially available 200 mm wafer, a 300 mm wafer, or the like can be used.

作為基座1,並無特別限定,可列舉:矽晶圓、SiC晶圓、GaAs晶圓等化合物晶圓;玻璃晶圓、SUS、6-4合金;Ni箔、Al箔等金屬箔等。於採用俯視時為圓形之形狀之情形時,較佳為矽晶圓或玻璃晶圓。又,於俯視時為矩形之情形時,較佳為SUS板或玻璃板。 The susceptor 1 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a compound wafer such as a ruthenium wafer, a SiC wafer, and a GaAs wafer; a glass wafer, SUS, a 6-4 alloy, and a metal foil such as a Ni foil or an Al foil. In the case of a circular shape in a plan view, it is preferably a tantalum wafer or a glass wafer. Further, in the case of a rectangular shape in a plan view, a SUS plate or a glass plate is preferable.

又,作為基座1,例如可使用:低密度聚乙烯、直鏈狀聚乙烯、中密度聚乙烯、高密度聚乙烯、超低密度聚乙烯、無規共聚聚丙烯、嵌段共聚聚丙烯、均聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚甲基戊烯等聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、離子聚合物樹脂、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯(無規、交替)共聚物、乙烯-丁烯共聚物、乙烯-己烯共聚物、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯;聚碳酸酯、聚醯亞胺、聚醚醚酮、聚醯亞胺、聚醚醯亞胺、 聚醯胺、全芳香族聚醯胺、聚苯硫醚、芳族聚醯胺(紙)、玻璃、玻璃布、氟樹脂、聚氯乙烯、聚偏二氯乙烯、纖維素系樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、紙等。 Further, as the susceptor 1, for example, low density polyethylene, linear polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, high density polyethylene, ultra low density polyethylene, random copolymer polypropylene, block copolymer polypropylene, or the like can be used. Polyolefins such as homopolypropylene, polybutene, polymethylpentene; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ionic polymer resin, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate (none , alternating) copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, ethylene-hexene copolymer, polyurethane, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate and other polyester; polycarbonate Ester, polyimide, polyetheretherketone, polyimide, polyetherimide, Polyamide, fully aromatic polyamine, polyphenylene sulfide, aromatic polyamide (paper), glass, glass cloth, fluororesin, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, cellulose resin, polyfluorene Oxygen resin, paper, etc.

基座1可單獨使用,亦可組合2種以上使用。基座1之厚度並無特別限定,例如通常為10μm~20mm左右。 The susceptor 1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The thickness of the susceptor 1 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, usually about 10 μm to 20 mm.

基座1之直徑並無特別限定,例如為75~450mm,較佳為100~450mm。作為此種基座1,可使用市售之200mm晶圓、300mm晶圓等。 The diameter of the susceptor 1 is not particularly limited and is, for example, 75 to 450 mm, preferably 100 to 450 mm. As such a susceptor 1, a commercially available 200 mm wafer, a 300 mm wafer, or the like can be used.

貼附(固定)方法並無特別限定,較佳為壓接。壓接通常係一面利用壓接輥等擠壓機構進行擠壓一面進行。作為壓接條件,例如較佳為20~300℃、0.001~10MPa、0.001~10mm/sec。壓接時間通常為0.1~10分鐘。 The attaching (fixing) method is not particularly limited, and is preferably crimping. The crimping is usually performed while being pressed by a pressing mechanism such as a pressure roller. The pressure bonding conditions are, for example, preferably 20 to 300 ° C, 0.001 to 10 MPa, and 0.001 to 10 mm/sec. The crimping time is usually 0.1 to 10 minutes.

壓接後,視需要對第1接著劑層50及第2層51進行醯亞胺化。藉此,可將半導體晶圓3良好地固定於基座1上。醯亞胺化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行,例如,可於150~500℃、0.5~5小時之條件下進行醯亞胺化。再者,亦可僅對第1接著劑層50及第2層51中之一者進行醯亞胺化。 After the pressure bonding, the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 are imidized as needed. Thereby, the semiconductor wafer 3 can be well fixed to the susceptor 1. The ruthenium imidization can be carried out by a conventionally known method, for example, ruthenium imidation can be carried out at 150 to 500 ° C for 0.5 to 5 hours. Further, only one of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 may be imidized.

繼而,對上述半導體晶圓3進行背面研磨。背面研磨可藉由先前公知之方法而進行。 Then, the semiconductor wafer 3 is back-polished. Back grinding can be carried out by a previously known method.

經背面研磨之半導體晶圓之厚度例如為1~300μm,較佳為5~100μm。 The thickness of the back-grinded semiconductor wafer is, for example, 1 to 300 μm, preferably 5 to 100 μm.

背面研磨後,可對半導體晶圓3之非電路形成面(經背面研磨之面)進行加工。作為加工方法,可列舉電極形成、金屬配線形成、保護膜形成等。再者,亦可藉由該加工而形成矽貫通電極。 After the back surface polishing, the non-circuit forming surface (surface back-polished) of the semiconductor wafer 3 can be processed. Examples of the processing method include electrode formation, metal wiring formation, and formation of a protective film. Further, a tantalum penetration electrode can be formed by the processing.

進行背面研磨或加工等後,將基座1自半導體晶圓3分離。 After the back grinding or processing or the like, the susceptor 1 is separated from the semiconductor wafer 3.

作為將基座1自半導體晶圓3分離之方法,並無特別限定,較佳 為降低存在於周邊部54之第1接著劑層50之接著力後進行分離。藉此,可容易地分離。作為降低第1接著劑層50之接著力之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層50而降低接著力之方法;利用切割機或雷射等於第1接著劑層50上物理性地切出切口而降低接著力之方法;預先使用接著力會因加熱而降低之材料形成第1接著劑層50並利用加熱降低接著力之方法等。 The method of separating the susceptor 1 from the semiconductor wafer 3 is not particularly limited, and is preferably. The separation is performed after the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 existing in the peripheral portion 54 is lowered. Thereby, it can be easily separated. As a method of lowering the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50, a method of reducing the adhesion force by dissolving the first adhesive layer 50 in a solvent is used, and the first adhesive layer 50 is physically used by a cutter or a laser. A method of cutting out the slit to reduce the adhesion force; a method of forming the first adhesive layer 50 by a material whose heating force is lowered by heating, and reducing the adhesion force by heating, or the like is used in advance.

以上之說明中,作為使用接著片5將半導體晶圓3固定於基座1上之方法,對將接著片5之第1接著劑層50及第2層51露出之面貼附於基座1上並將僅接著片5之第1接著劑層50露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓3之電路形成面上的方法進行了說明。但是,使用接著片5將半導體晶圓3固定於基座1上之方法並無特別限定,亦可為將僅接著片5之第1接著劑層50露出之面貼附於基座1上並將接著片5之第1接著劑層50及第2層51露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓3之電路形成面上的方法等。 In the above description, as a method of fixing the semiconductor wafer 3 to the susceptor 1 by using the adhesive sheet 5, the surface on which the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 of the adhesive sheet 5 are exposed is attached to the susceptor 1. A method in which only the surface on which the first adhesive layer 50 of the sheet 5 is exposed is attached to the circuit formation surface of the semiconductor wafer 3 has been described. However, the method of fixing the semiconductor wafer 3 to the susceptor 1 by using the bonding sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 of the bonding sheet 5 is exposed may be attached to the susceptor 1 and A method of attaching the exposed surface of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 of the bonding sheet 5 to the circuit formation surface of the semiconductor wafer 3, and the like.

又,對使用具有電路形成面及非電路形成面者作為半導體晶圓3之情形進行了說明。但是,並不限定於具有電路形成面及非電路形成面者,亦可為兩面為非電路形成面者等。 Moreover, the case where the circuit formation surface and the non-circuit formation surface are used as the semiconductor wafer 3 has been described. However, it is not limited to those having a circuit forming surface and a non-circuit forming surface, and may be a non-circuit forming surface on both sides.

又,對將固定於基座1上之半導體晶圓3進行背面研磨之情形進行了說明。但是,並非必需進行背面研磨,亦可不進行背面研磨而對半導體晶圓3進行加工。 Moreover, the case where the semiconductor wafer 3 fixed to the susceptor 1 is back-polished is demonstrated. However, it is not necessary to perform back grinding, and the semiconductor wafer 3 may be processed without back grinding.

<<第2本發明>> <<2nd invention>>

以下,關於第2本發明(第2-1本發明及第2-2本發明),對與第1本發明不同之方面進行說明。 Hereinafter, the second invention (the 2-1st invention and the 2nd invention) will be described with respect to the first invention.

第2本發明之目的在於提供一種半導體裝置製造用接著片,其可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上並且容易將基座自半導體晶圓分離。又,第2本發明之目的在於提供一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上並且可將基座自半導體晶圓容易 地分離。 An object of the second aspect of the invention is to provide an adhesive sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device which can securely fix a semiconductor wafer on a susceptor and easily separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer. Further, a second object of the present invention is to provide a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device which can secure a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor and can easily suscept the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer. Ground separation.

[接著片] [Next film]

第2-1本發明之半導體裝置製造用接著片係積層有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層。 In the second aspect of the invention, the semiconductor device for manufacturing a semiconductor device of the present invention has a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第2-1本發明之接著片進行說明。 Hereinafter, the back sheet of the 2-1st invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

圖8係實施形態1之接著片7之剖面模式圖。如圖8所示,接著片7係藉由第1接著劑層70與第2層71之積層而形成。第2層71之接著力低於第1接著劑層70之接著力。 Fig. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the back sheet 7 of the first embodiment. As shown in FIG. 8, the succeeding sheet 7 is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71. The adhesion of the second layer 71 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70.

接著片7由於具有第1接著劑層70,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。又,由於具有接著力低於第1接著劑層70之第2層71,故而可藉由外力而將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。 Since the sheet 7 has the first adhesive layer 70, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor. Further, since the second layer 71 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 70 is provided, the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer by an external force.

第1接著劑層70之厚度並無特別限定,例如為10μm以上,較佳為50μm以上。若為10μm以上,則可追隨半導體晶圓表面之凹凸,可無間隙地填充接著片7。又,第1接著劑層70之厚度例如為500μm以下,較佳為300μm以下。若為500μm以下,則可抑制或防止厚度之不均或加熱時之收縮˙膨脹。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 70 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 10 μm or more, and preferably 50 μm or more. When it is 10 μm or more, the unevenness on the surface of the semiconductor wafer can be followed, and the adhesive sheet 7 can be filled without any gap. Further, the thickness of the first adhesive layer 70 is, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less. When it is 500 μm or less, uneven thickness or shrinkage enthalpy during heating can be suppressed or prevented.

第2層71之厚度並無特別限定,例如為1μm以上,較佳為5μm以上。若為1μm以上,則與基座之貼合較為容易。又,第2層71之厚度例如為500μm以下,較佳為300μm以下。若為500μm以下,則可抑制或防止厚度之不均或加熱時之收縮˙膨脹。 The thickness of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 1 μm or more, and preferably 5 μm or more. When it is 1 μm or more, it is easy to bond with the susceptor. Further, the thickness of the second layer 71 is, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less. When it is 500 μm or less, uneven thickness or shrinkage enthalpy during heating can be suppressed or prevented.

再者,俯視接著片7時之形狀並無特別限定,通常為圓形。 Further, the shape when the sheet 7 is viewed in plan is not particularly limited, and is generally circular.

第2層71之接著力只要低於第1接著劑層70之接著力,則並無特別限定。關於第2層71之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。另一方面,該90°撕除剝離力之下限較佳 為0.001N/20mm以上,更佳為0.005N/20mm以上,進而較佳為0.010N/20mm以上。若為0.001N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上,可良好地進行背面研磨等。 The adhesion of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70. Regarding the adhesion force of the second layer 71, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min, the 90° peeling peeling force for the silicon wafer is preferably less than 0.30 N/20 mm, more preferably 0.20. N/20mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer. On the other hand, the lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is preferably It is 0.001 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.005 N/20 mm or more, further preferably 0.010 N/20 mm or more. When it is 0.001 N/20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor, and back surface polishing or the like can be satisfactorily performed.

關於第1接著劑層70之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。若為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上,可良好地進行背面研磨等。又,該90°撕除剝離力之上限並無特別限定,越大越好,例如為30N/20mm以下,較佳為20N/20mm以下。 The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 70, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40N/20mm or more. When it is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor, and back surface polishing or the like can be favorably performed. Further, the upper limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, preferably 20 N/20 mm or less.

圖9所示,第2-1本發明之接著片亦可為形成有其他層者(實施形態2)。圖9係具備第3層之接著片之剖面模式圖。圖9之接著片7係藉由第3層75、第2層71與第1接著劑層70之積層而形成。 As shown in Fig. 9, the 224th sheet of the present invention may be formed by other layers (Embodiment 2). Fig. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a sheet having a third layer. The adhesive sheet 7 of Fig. 9 is formed by laminating the third layer 75, the second layer 71, and the first adhesive layer 70.

第3層75之接著力較佳為低於第1接著劑層70之接著力。藉此,於將接著片7之第3層75貼附於基座上貼附之情形時,可將接著片7自基座容易地剝離。又,可消除基座之糊劑殘留,可省略基座之洗淨步驟。 The adhesion of the third layer 75 is preferably lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70. Thereby, when the third layer 75 of the adhesive sheet 7 is attached to the susceptor, the adhesive sheet 7 can be easily peeled off from the susceptor. Further, the paste residue of the susceptor can be eliminated, and the cleaning step of the susceptor can be omitted.

關於第3層75之接著力,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可將接著片7容易地剝離。又,可消除基座等之糊劑殘留,可省略基座等之洗淨步驟。另一方面,該90°撕除剝離力之下限較佳為0.001N/20mm以上。若為0.001N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上,可良好地進行背面研磨等。 Regarding the adhesion force of the third layer 75, the 90° peeling peeling force for the germanium wafer under the conditions of the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably less than 0.30 N/20 mm, more preferably 0.20 N. /20mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, the adhesive sheet 7 can be easily peeled off. Further, the paste residue such as the susceptor can be eliminated, and the cleaning step of the susceptor or the like can be omitted. On the other hand, the lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more. When it is 0.001 N/20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor, and back surface polishing or the like can be satisfactorily performed.

作為構成第1接著劑層70之接著劑組合物,只要以第1接著劑層70之接著力高於第2層71之接著力之方式選擇,則並無特別限定。作為構成第1接著劑層70之接著劑組合物,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所 說明之聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂。其中,就耐熱性、抗藥性、糊劑殘留性之方面而言,較佳為聚醯亞胺樹脂。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 70 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70 is higher than the adhesion of the second layer 71. As the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 70, the first invention can be preferably used. Description of polyimine resin, polyoxyn resin. Among them, in terms of heat resistance, drug resistance, and paste residue, a polyimide resin is preferred.

作為構成第2層71之材料,只要以第2層71之接著力低於第1接著劑層70之接著力之方式選擇,則並無特別限定。作為構成第2層71之材料,亦可使用上述聚醯亞胺樹脂、上述聚矽氧樹脂。其中,就耐熱性、抗藥性、糊劑殘留性之方面而言,較佳為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂。 The material constituting the second layer 71 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the second layer 71 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70. As the material constituting the second layer 71, the above polyimine resin and the above polyoxyxylene resin can also be used. Among them, the above-mentioned polyimine resin is preferred in terms of heat resistance, drug resistance, and paste residue.

作為構成第3層75之材料,只要以第3層75之接著力低於第1接著劑層70之接著力之方式選擇,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉第2層71中所例示者。 The material constituting the third layer 75 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the third layer 75 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the second layer 71. .

(接著片之製造) (following the manufacture of the film)

接著片7係例如以如下方式製作。首先,製作包含用以形成第2層71之材料之溶液。繼而,將上述溶液以成為特定厚度之方式塗佈於基材上而形成塗佈膜後,使該塗佈膜於特定條件下乾燥等而形成第2層71。作為上述基材,可使用:SUS304、6-4合金;鋁箔、銅箔、Ni箔等金屬箔;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚乙烯、聚丙烯;或利用氟系剝離劑、長鏈烷基丙烯酸酯系剝離劑等剝離劑進行表面塗佈之塑膠膜或紙等。又,作為塗佈方法,並無特別限定,例如可列舉輥式塗佈、網版塗佈、凹版塗佈、旋轉塗佈等。 Next, the sheet 7 is produced, for example, in the following manner. First, a solution containing a material for forming the second layer 71 is produced. Then, the coating solution is applied to the substrate so as to have a specific thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under specific conditions to form the second layer 71. As the substrate, SUS304, 6-4 alloy, metal foil such as aluminum foil, copper foil, or Ni foil; polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene; or fluorine-based release agent can be used. A plastic film or paper surface-coated with a release agent such as a long-chain alkyl acrylate release agent. Further, the coating method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, and spin coating.

另一方面,製作包含用以形成第1接著劑層70之組合物之溶液。 On the other hand, a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 70 is prepared.

繼而,於積層有第2層71之上述基材上,自第2層71之側以成為特定厚度之方式塗佈包含用以形成上述第1接著劑層70之組合物的溶液而形成塗佈膜。其後,使該塗佈膜於特定條件下乾燥等而形成第1接著劑層70。根據以上,獲得圖8所示之接著片7。 Then, on the substrate on which the second layer 71 is laminated, a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 70 is applied to the side of the second layer 71 so as to have a specific thickness to form a coating. membrane. Thereafter, the coating film is dried under specific conditions to form the first adhesive layer 70. According to the above, the succeeding sheet 7 shown in Fig. 8 is obtained.

再者,圖9所示之第3層75可藉由與第2層71相同之方法而形成。 Further, the third layer 75 shown in FIG. 9 can be formed by the same method as the second layer 71.

第2-1本發明之半導體裝置製造用接著片可用以將半導體晶圓固定於基座上。具體而言,可較佳地用於下述第2-1本發明之半導體裝 置之製造方法。 The second embodiment of the present invention for manufacturing a semiconductor device can be used to fix a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor. Specifically, it can be preferably used in the semiconductor package of the following 2-1th invention The manufacturing method.

[半導體裝置之製造方法] [Method of Manufacturing Semiconductor Device]

第2-1本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:使用接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及將基座自半導體晶圓分離之步驟。作為此種方法,例如可列舉如下方法,其包括:藉由將半導體晶圓貼附於第1接著劑層上並將基座貼附於第2層上而將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及將基座自半導體晶圓分離之步驟。於為該方法之情形時,第1接著劑層可追隨於半導體晶圓表面之凹凸,可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。另一方面,接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層與基座接觸,故而容易將接著片自基座剝離。又,基座之糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the second aspect of the present invention includes the steps of: fixing a semiconductor wafer on a susceptor using a bonding sheet; and separating the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer. As such a method, for example, a method of fixing a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor by attaching a semiconductor wafer to a first adhesive layer and attaching the susceptor to the second layer And the step of separating the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer. In the case of this method, the first adhesive layer can follow the irregularities on the surface of the semiconductor wafer, and the semiconductor wafer can be well fixed to the susceptor. On the other hand, since the second layer having a lower force than the first adhesive layer is in contact with the susceptor, the adhesive sheet is easily peeled off from the susceptor. Further, the paste of the susceptor is less left, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

以下之說明中,對使用實施形態1之接著片7之情形進行說明。圖10係表示於實施形態1之接著片上貼附半導體晶圓之情況之模式圖。圖11係表示使用實施形態1之接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之情況之模式圖。 In the following description, the case where the back sheet 7 of the first embodiment is used will be described. Fig. 10 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is attached to the succeeding film of the first embodiment. Fig. 11 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is fixed to a susceptor by using the bonding sheet of the first embodiment.

首先,將半導體晶圓3之電路形成面與第1接著劑層70貼合(圖10)。 First, the circuit formation surface of the semiconductor wafer 3 is bonded to the first adhesive layer 70 (FIG. 10).

作為半導體晶圓3,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之半導體晶圓3。 As the semiconductor wafer 3, the semiconductor wafer 3 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

貼合方法(貼附方法)並無特別限定,例如可列舉於23~250℃、0.01~10MPa下貼附之方法。 The bonding method (attachment method) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of attaching at 23 to 250 ° C and 0.01 to 10 MPa.

再者,於接著片7之面積大於半導體晶圓3之面積之情形時,只要視需要於貼合前或貼合後切割接著片7即可。 Further, when the area of the bonding sheet 7 is larger than the area of the semiconductor wafer 3, the bonding sheet 7 may be cut before or after bonding as needed.

繼而,將基座1與第2層71貼合(圖11)。 Then, the susceptor 1 is attached to the second layer 71 (FIG. 11).

作為基座1,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之基座1。 As the susceptor 1, the susceptor 1 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

貼合方法(貼附方法)並無特別限定,例如可列舉於23~250℃、 0.01~10MPa下貼附之方法。 The bonding method (attachment method) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include 23 to 250 ° C. The method of attaching at 0.01~10MPa.

再者,於接著片7之面積大於基座1之面積之情形時,只要視需要切割接著片7即可。 Further, in the case where the area of the succeeding sheet 7 is larger than the area of the susceptor 1, the splicing sheet 7 may be cut as needed.

貼合後,視需要對第1接著劑層70及第2層71進行醯亞胺化。藉此,可將半導體晶圓3良好地固定於基座1上。醯亞胺化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行,例如可於150~500℃、0.5~5小時之條件下進行醯亞胺化。再者,亦可對第1接著劑層70及第2層71中之僅一者進行醯亞胺化。 After bonding, the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 are imidized as needed. Thereby, the semiconductor wafer 3 can be well fixed to the susceptor 1. The ruthenium imidization can be carried out by a conventionally known method, for example, ruthenium imidation can be carried out at 150 to 500 ° C for 0.5 to 5 hours. Further, only one of the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 may be imidized.

又,貼合後,視需要亦可對第1接著劑層70及第2層71進行熱硬化。於使用聚矽氧樹脂作為第1接著劑層70及第2層71之情形時,可藉由熱硬化而將半導體晶圓3良好地固定於基座1上。再者,亦可對第1接著劑層70及第2層71中之僅一者進行熱硬化。 Further, after bonding, the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 may be thermally cured as needed. When polyoxyxylene resin is used as the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71, the semiconductor wafer 3 can be satisfactorily fixed to the susceptor 1 by thermal curing. Further, only one of the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 may be thermally cured.

繼而,可對固定於基座1上之半導體晶圓3進行背面研磨。背面研磨可藉由先前公知之方法而進行。 Then, the semiconductor wafer 3 fixed on the susceptor 1 can be back-polished. Back grinding can be carried out by a previously known method.

經背面研磨之半導體晶圓之厚度例如為1~300μm,較佳為5~100μm。 The thickness of the back-grinded semiconductor wafer is, for example, 1 to 300 μm, preferably 5 to 100 μm.

背面研磨後,可對半導體晶圓3之非電路形成面(經背面研磨之面)進行加工。作為加工方法,可列舉電極形成、金屬配線形成、保護膜形成等。再者,亦可藉由該加工而形成矽貫通電極。 After the back surface polishing, the non-circuit forming surface (surface back-polished) of the semiconductor wafer 3 can be processed. Examples of the processing method include electrode formation, metal wiring formation, and formation of a protective film. Further, a tantalum penetration electrode can be formed by the processing.

對半導體晶圓3實施背面研磨或加工等所需之處理後,將基座1自半導體晶圓3分離。 After the semiconductor wafer 3 is subjected to a process required for back grinding or processing, the susceptor 1 is separated from the semiconductor wafer 3.

作為將基座1自半導體晶圓3分離之方法,並無特別限定,例如可列舉施加外力之方法。具體而言,可列舉:僅將基座1分離之方法、將附有基座1之第2層71分離之方法等。又,亦較佳為於第1接著劑層70與第2層71之邊界切出切口而進行分離之方法。 The method of separating the susceptor 1 from the semiconductor wafer 3 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of applying an external force. Specifically, a method of separating only the susceptor 1 and a method of separating the second layer 71 with the susceptor 1 may be mentioned. Further, a method of separating the slits at the boundary between the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 and separating them is also preferable.

再者,降低第1接著劑層70之接著力後,亦可將基座1自半導體 晶圓3分離。作為降低第1接著劑層70之接著力之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層70而降低接著力之方法;利用切割機或雷射等於第1接著劑層70上物理性地切出切口而降低接著力之方法;預先使用接著力會隨著加熱而降低之材料形成第1接著劑層70,利用加熱降低接著力之方法;於界面活性劑之存在下一面加熱一面進行超音波洗淨之方法;使藥液浸透至第1接著劑層70中之方法(例如進行SC-1洗淨之方法、使N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮等之溶解液浸透之方法)等。 Furthermore, after lowering the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70, the susceptor 1 can also be self-semiconductor Wafer 3 is separated. As a method of lowering the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 70, a method of reducing the adhesion force by dissolving the first adhesive layer 70 in a solvent is used, and the first adhesive layer 70 is physically used by a cutter or a laser. a method of cutting out the slit to reduce the adhesion force; forming a first adhesive layer 70 by using a material whose adhesion is lowered with heating, and reducing the adhesion force by heating; and heating while performing the superheating in the presence of the surfactant A method of washing a sound wave; a method of allowing a chemical solution to permeate into the first adhesive layer 70 (for example, a method of performing SC-1 washing, a method of impregnating a solution of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or the like).

以上之說明中,對將半導體晶圓3貼附於第1接著劑層70上並將基座1貼附於第2層71上之方法進行了說明。但是,並不限定於此,亦可將基座1貼附於第1接著劑層70上並將半導體晶圓3貼附於第2層71上。 In the above description, a method of attaching the semiconductor wafer 3 to the first adhesive layer 70 and attaching the susceptor 1 to the second layer 71 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the susceptor 1 may be attached to the first adhesive layer 70 and the semiconductor wafer 3 may be attached to the second layer 71.

又,對使用具有電路形成面及非電路形成面者作為半導體晶圓3之情形進行了說明。但是,並不限定於具有電路形成面及非電路形成面者,亦可為兩面為非電路形成面者等。 Moreover, the case where the circuit formation surface and the non-circuit formation surface are used as the semiconductor wafer 3 has been described. However, it is not limited to those having a circuit forming surface and a non-circuit forming surface, and may be a non-circuit forming surface on both sides.

[其他之半導體裝置之製造方法] [Manufacturing method of other semiconductor devices]

第2-2本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:於接著片(a)上貼附半導體晶圓之步驟(A);於接著片(b)上貼附基座之步驟(B);以及將由上述步驟(A)所獲得之附有接著片(a)之半導體晶圓的上述接著片(a)、及由上述步驟(B)所獲得之附有接著片(b)之基座的上述接著片(b)貼合之步驟(C)。又,上述接著片(a)及(b)中之一者之接著力低於另一者。 2-2. A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the present invention, comprising: a step (A) of attaching a semiconductor wafer to a bonding sheet (a); and a step (B) of attaching a pedestal to the bonding sheet (b); The above-mentioned succeeding sheet (a) of the semiconductor wafer with the adhesive sheet (a) obtained by the above step (A), and the above-mentioned susceptor with the adhesive sheet (b) obtained by the above step (B) Next, the sheet (b) is bonded to the step (C). Further, one of the above-mentioned succeeding sheets (a) and (b) has a lower adhesion force than the other.

由於接著片(a)及(b)中之一者之接著力低於另一者,故而容易將基座自半導體晶圓分離。又,由於使用接著力相對較高之接著片,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。 Since the adhesion of one of the bonding sheets (a) and (b) is lower than the other, it is easy to separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer. Further, since the adhesive sheet having a relatively high adhesion force is used, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor.

接著片(b)之接著力較佳為低於上述接著片(a)。於該情形時,接著片(a)係接著力高於接著片(b)且半導體晶圓表面等之凹凸追隨性優異。因此,接著片(a)可追隨於半導體晶圓表面之凹凸,故而可將半 導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。另一方面,由於接著力低於接著片(a)之接著片(b)與基座接觸,故而容易將接著片(b)自基座剝離。又,基座之糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 The bonding force of the sheet (b) is then preferably lower than that of the above sheet (a). In this case, the adhesion strength of the succeeding sheet (a) is higher than that of the adhesive sheet (b), and the surface of the semiconductor wafer or the like is excellent. Therefore, the succeeding sheet (a) can follow the irregularities on the surface of the semiconductor wafer, so that half The conductor wafer is well fixed to the pedestal. On the other hand, since the adhesive force is lower than the contact sheet (b) of the adhesive sheet (a) and the susceptor, the adhesive sheet (b) is easily peeled off from the susceptor. Further, the paste of the susceptor is less left, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

以下之說明中,對接著片(b)之接著力低於上述接著片(a)之情形進行說明。 In the following description, the case where the adhesive force of the succeeding sheet (b) is lower than the above-described succeeding sheet (a) will be described.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第2-2本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法進行說明。 Hereinafter, a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the second aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

圖12係接著片(a)之剖面模式圖。圖13係表示於接著片(a)上貼附半導體晶圓之情況之模式圖。圖14係接著片(b)之剖面模式圖。圖15係表示於接著片(b)上貼附基座之情況之模式圖。圖16係表示使用接著片(a)及(b)將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之情況之模式圖。 Figure 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the succeeding sheet (a). Fig. 13 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is attached to a bonding sheet (a). Figure 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the succeeding sheet (b). Fig. 15 is a schematic view showing a state in which a susceptor is attached to the succeeding sheet (b). Fig. 16 is a schematic view showing a state in which the semiconductor wafer is fixed to the susceptor by using the adhesive sheets (a) and (b).

步驟(A) Step (A)

步驟(A)中,於接著片(a)13上貼附半導體晶圓4(圖13)。 In the step (A), the semiconductor wafer 4 is attached to the succeeding sheet (a) 13 (Fig. 13).

首先,對接著片(a)13進行說明。如圖12所示,接著片(a)13係於一面具有基材12,於另一面具有隔片14。 First, the succeeding sheet (a) 13 will be described. As shown in Fig. 12, the succeeding sheet (a) 13 has a substrate 12 on one side and a separator 14 on the other side.

作為構成接著片(a)13之接著劑組合物,並無特別限定,較佳為第1接著劑層70中所例示者。 The adhesive composition constituting the adhesive sheet (a) 13 is not particularly limited, and is preferably exemplified in the first adhesive layer 70.

關於接著片(a)13之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。若為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓4良好地固定於基座上,可良好地進行背面研磨等。又,該90°撕除剝離力之上限並無特別限定,越大越好,例如為30N/20mm以下,較佳為20N/20mm以下。 With respect to the adhesion force of the bonding sheet (a) 13, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min, the 90° peeling peeling force for the germanium wafer is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40N/20mm or more. When it is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer 4 can be favorably fixed to the susceptor, and back surface polishing or the like can be satisfactorily performed. Further, the upper limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, preferably 20 N/20 mm or less.

作為基材12,例如可列舉:SUS304、6-4合金;鋁箔、銅箔、Ni箔等金屬箔;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚乙烯、聚丙烯;或者利用氟系剝離劑、長鏈烷基丙烯酸酯系剝離劑等剝離劑進行表面塗佈之 塑膠膜或紙等。 Examples of the substrate 12 include SUS304 and 6-4 alloys; metal foils such as aluminum foil, copper foil, and Ni foil; polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, and polypropylene; or fluorine-based peeling. Surface release coating of a release agent such as a long-chain alkyl acrylate release agent Plastic film or paper.

作為隔片14,可列舉:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚乙烯、聚丙烯;或者利用氟系剝離劑、長鏈烷基丙烯酸酯系剝離劑等剝離劑進行表面塗佈之塑膠膜或紙等。 Examples of the separator 14 include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, and polypropylene, or surface coating using a release agent such as a fluorine-based release agent or a long-chain alkyl acrylate release agent. Plastic film or paper.

作為半導體晶圓4,並無特別限定,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之半導體晶圓3。 The semiconductor wafer 4 is not particularly limited, and the semiconductor wafer 3 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

步驟A中,將隔片14剝離而於接著片(a)13上貼附半導體晶圓4。 In the step A, the separator 14 is peeled off and the semiconductor wafer 4 is attached to the succeeding sheet (a) 13.

貼附方法並無特別限定,例如可列舉於23~250℃、0.01~10MPa下貼附之方法。 The attachment method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of attaching at 23 to 250 ° C and 0.01 to 10 MPa.

再者,於接著片(a)13之面積大於半導體晶圓4之面積之情形時,只要視需要於貼附前或貼附後切割接著片(a)13即可。 Further, in the case where the area of the bonding sheet (a) 13 is larger than the area of the semiconductor wafer 4, the bonding sheet (a) 13 may be cut before or after attaching as needed.

步驟(B) Step (B)

步驟(B)中,於接著片(b)23上貼附基座2(圖15)。 In the step (B), the susceptor 2 is attached to the succeeding sheet (b) 23 (Fig. 15).

如圖14所示,接著片(b)23係於一面具有基材22且於另一面具有隔片24。 As shown in FIG. 14, the succeeding sheet (b) 23 has a substrate 22 on one side and a separator 24 on the other side.

作為構成接著片(b)23之接著劑組合物,並無特別限定,較佳為第2層71中所例示者。 The adhesive composition constituting the adhesive sheet (b) 23 is not particularly limited, and is preferably exemplified in the second layer 71.

關於接著片(b)23之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可將基座2自半導體晶圓4容易地分離。另一方面,該90°撕除剝離力之下限較佳為0.001N/20mm以上,更佳為0.005N/20mm以上,進而較佳為0.010N/20mm以上。若為0.001N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓4良好地固定於基座2上,可良好地進行背面研磨等。 Regarding the adhesion force of the bonding sheet (b) 23, for example, the temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C, the peeling speed of 300 mm / min, the 90 ° peeling peeling force for the silicon wafer is preferably less than 0.30 N / 20 mm, more preferably It is 0.20N/20mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, the susceptor 2 can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer 4. On the other hand, the lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.005 N/20 mm or more, still more preferably 0.010 N/20 mm or more. When it is 0.001 N/20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer 4 can be favorably fixed to the susceptor 2, and back surface polishing or the like can be favorably performed.

作為基材22,並無特別限定,可列舉基材12中所例示者等。作為隔片24,並無特別限定,可列舉隔片14中所例示者等。 The base material 22 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the base material 12 . The separator 24 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those in the separator 14 .

作為基座2,並無特別限定,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之基座1。 The susceptor 2 is not particularly limited, and the susceptor 1 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

步驟B中,將隔片24剝離而於接著片(b)23上貼附基座2。 In the step B, the spacer 24 is peeled off and the susceptor 2 is attached to the adhesive sheet (b) 23.

貼附方法並無特別限定,例如可列舉於23~250℃、0.01~10MPa下貼附之方法。 The attachment method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of attaching at 23 to 250 ° C and 0.01 to 10 MPa.

再者,於接著片(b)23之面積大於基座2之面積之情形時,只要視需要於貼附前或貼附後切割接著片(b)23即可。 Further, in the case where the area of the succeeding sheet (b) 23 is larger than the area of the susceptor 2, it is only necessary to cut the succeeding sheet (b) 23 before or after attaching as needed.

步驟(C) Step (C)

步驟(C)中,將由步驟(A)所獲得之附有接著片(a)13之半導體晶圓4的接著片(a)13、及由步驟(B)所獲得之附有接著片(b)23之基座2的接著片(b)23貼合(圖16)。藉此,可將半導體晶圓4固定於基座2上。 In the step (C), the succeeding sheet (a) 13 of the semiconductor wafer 4 with the adhesive sheet (a) 13 obtained by the step (A), and the adhesive sheet (b) obtained by the step (B) The adhesive piece (b) 23 of the susceptor 2 of 23 is attached (Fig. 16). Thereby, the semiconductor wafer 4 can be fixed to the susceptor 2.

貼合方法並無特別限定。貼合後,視需要對接著片(a)13及接著片(b)23進行醯亞胺化。藉此,可將基座2良好地固定於半導體晶圓4上。醯亞胺化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行,例如可於150~500℃、0.5~5小時之條件下進行醯亞胺化。再者,亦可對接著片(a)13及接著片(b)23中之僅一者進行醯亞胺化。 The bonding method is not particularly limited. After the bonding, the succeeding sheet (a) 13 and the succeeding sheet (b) 23 are subjected to oxime imidization as needed. Thereby, the susceptor 2 can be well fixed to the semiconductor wafer 4. The ruthenium imidization can be carried out by a conventionally known method, for example, ruthenium imidation can be carried out at 150 to 500 ° C for 0.5 to 5 hours. Further, only one of the succeeding sheet (a) 13 and the succeeding sheet (b) 23 may be imidized.

又,貼合後,視需要亦可對接著片(a)13及接著片(b)23進行熱硬化。於使用聚矽氧樹脂作為接著片(a)13及接著片(b)23之情形時,可藉由熱硬化而將基座2良好地固定於半導體晶圓4上。再者,亦可對接著片(a)13及接著片(b)23中之僅一者進行熱硬化。 Further, after bonding, the adhesive sheet (a) 13 and the succeeding sheet (b) 23 may be thermally cured as needed. When a polyoxyxylene resin is used as the adhesive sheet (a) 13 and the adhesive sheet (b) 23, the susceptor 2 can be favorably fixed to the semiconductor wafer 4 by thermal curing. Further, only one of the succeeding sheet (a) 13 and the succeeding sheet (b) 23 may be thermally cured.

其他步驟 Other steps

可對固定於基座2上之半導體晶圓4進行背面研磨。背面研磨可藉由先前公知之方法而進行。 The semiconductor wafer 4 fixed on the susceptor 2 can be back-polished. Back grinding can be carried out by a previously known method.

經背面研磨之半導體晶圓之厚度例如為1~300μm,較佳為5~100μm。 The thickness of the back-grinded semiconductor wafer is, for example, 1 to 300 μm, preferably 5 to 100 μm.

背面研磨後,可對半導體晶圓4之非電路形成面(經背面研磨之 面)進行加工。作為加工方法,可列舉電極形成、金屬配線形成、保護膜形成等。再者,亦可藉由該加工而形成矽貫通電極。 After back grinding, the non-circuit forming surface of the semiconductor wafer 4 can be surface-polished Processing). Examples of the processing method include electrode formation, metal wiring formation, and formation of a protective film. Further, a tantalum penetration electrode can be formed by the processing.

對半導體晶圓4實施背面研磨或加工等所需之處理後,將基座2自半導體晶圓4分離。 After the semiconductor wafer 4 is subjected to a process required for back grinding or processing, the susceptor 2 is separated from the semiconductor wafer 4.

作為將基座2自半導體晶圓4分離之方法,並無特別限定,可列舉將基座1自半導體晶圓3分離之方法之說明中所例示之方法。 The method of separating the susceptor 2 from the semiconductor wafer 4 is not particularly limited, and a method exemplified in the description of the method of separating the susceptor 1 from the semiconductor wafer 3 is exemplified.

以上之說明中,對接著片(b)23之接著力低於上述接著片(a)13之情形進行了說明。但是,並不限定於此,接著片(b)23之接著力亦可高於接著片(a)13。 In the above description, the case where the adhesion force of the succeeding sheet (b) 23 is lower than the above-described succeeding sheet (a) 13 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the adhesion of the sheet (b) 23 may be higher than that of the sheet (a) 13.

於該情形時,關於接著片(b)23之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。該90°撕除剝離力之上限例如為30N/20mm以下,較佳為20N/20mm以下。 In this case, the 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the condition of the adhesion force of the succeeding sheet (b) 23, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm. More preferably, it is 0.40 N/20 mm or more. The upper limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, preferably 20 N/20 mm or less.

又,關於接著片(a)13之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。該90°撕除剝離力之下限較佳為0.001N/20mm以上,更佳為0.005N/20mm以上,進而較佳為0.010N/20mm以上。 Further, regarding the adhesion force of the bonding sheet (a) 13, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min, the 90° peeling peeling force for the silicon wafer is preferably less than 0.30 N/20 mm. More preferably, it is 0.20 N/20 mm or less. The lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.005 N/20 mm or more, and still more preferably 0.010 N/20 mm or more.

又,以上之說明中,對接著片(a)13具有基材12及隔片14之情形進行了說明。但是,並不限定於此,接著片(a)13亦可具有隔片14,亦可具有基材12。接著片(b)23亦同樣,接著片(b)23亦可不具有隔片24,亦可不具有基材22。 Moreover, in the above description, the case where the back sheet (a) 13 has the base material 12 and the spacer 14 has been described. However, the sheet (a) 13 may have the separator 14 or may have the substrate 12 . Similarly, the sheet (b) 23 is the same, and the sheet (b) 23 may not have the separator 24 or may have the substrate 22.

<<第3本發明>> <<3rd invention>>

以下,關於第3本發明,對與第1本發明不同之方面進行說明。 Hereinafter, the third aspect of the invention will be described with respect to the first invention.

第3本發明之目的在於提供一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上並且可將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分 離。 A third object of the present invention is to provide a method of fabricating a semiconductor device which can securely mount a semiconductor wafer on a susceptor and can easily separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer from.

第3本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:於暫時固定用片材之一面上貼附半導體晶圓之步驟(A);於上述暫時固定用片材之另一面上貼附具有斜面部的基座之步驟(B);及於上述暫時固定用片材與上述基座之上述斜面部之間形成接著力高於上述暫時固定片材之接著劑層而將上述暫時固定用片材固定於上述基座上之步驟(C)。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a third aspect of the present invention, comprising: a step (A) of attaching a semiconductor wafer to one surface of a temporary fixing sheet; and attaching a base having a sloped surface to the other surface of the temporary fixing sheet Step (B) of forming a seat, and forming an adhesive layer having a higher adhesive force than the temporary fixing sheet between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the base, and fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the above Step (C) on the pedestal.

步驟(A)~(C)之順序並無特別限定。例如可列舉:步驟(A)、步驟(B)及步驟(C)之順序;步驟(B)、步驟(A)及步驟(C)之順序;步驟(A)、步驟(C)及步驟(B)之順序;步驟(B)、步驟(C)及步驟(A)之順序等。 The order of steps (A) to (C) is not particularly limited. For example, the order of step (A), step (B) and step (C); the order of step (B), step (A) and step (C); step (A), step (C) and step ( The order of B); the order of step (B), step (C) and step (A), and the like.

其中,較佳為步驟(A)、步驟(B)及步驟(C)之順序,其原因在於,接著劑層容易形成,接著劑層溢出之可能性或形成必要量以上之接著劑層之可能性較低。 Among them, the order of the step (A), the step (B), and the step (C) is preferred because the adhesive layer is easily formed, and the possibility of overflow of the adhesive layer or the possibility of forming a necessary amount of the adhesive layer or more is possible. Less sexual.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第3本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法進行說明。 Hereinafter, a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a third aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

圖17係暫時固定用片材之剖面圖。圖18係表示於暫時固定用片材上貼附半導體晶圓之情況之圖。圖19係表示於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成接著劑層的情況之圖。 Figure 17 is a cross-sectional view showing a sheet for temporary fixing. Fig. 18 is a view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is attached to a sheet for temporary fixing. Fig. 19 is a view showing a state in which an adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor.

步驟(A) Step (A)

步驟(A)中,於暫時固定用片材81之一面上貼附半導體晶圓3(圖18)。 In the step (A), the semiconductor wafer 3 is attached to one surface of the temporary fixing sheet 81 (Fig. 18).

於暫時固定用片材81上貼附半導體晶圓3之方法並無特別限定,較佳為於暫時固定用片材81上貼附半導體晶圓3之電路形成面。 The method of attaching the semiconductor wafer 3 to the temporary fixing sheet 81 is not particularly limited, and it is preferable to attach the circuit forming surface of the semiconductor wafer 3 to the temporary fixing sheet 81.

貼附方法並無特別限定,例如可列舉於23~250℃、0.01~10MPa下貼附之方法。 The attachment method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of attaching at 23 to 250 ° C and 0.01 to 10 MPa.

貼附後,視需要對暫時固定用片材81進行醯亞胺化。藉此,可 將暫時固定用片材81及半導體晶圓3良好地接著。醯亞胺化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行,例如可於150~500℃、0.5~5小時之條件下進行醯亞胺化。 After the attachment, the temporary fixing sheet 81 is imidized as needed. By this, The temporary fixing sheet 81 and the semiconductor wafer 3 are satisfactorily joined. The ruthenium imidization can be carried out by a conventionally known method, for example, ruthenium imidation can be carried out at 150 to 500 ° C for 0.5 to 5 hours.

貼附後,視需要亦可對暫時固定用片材81進行熱硬化。藉此,可將暫時固定用片材81及半導體晶圓3良好地接著。熱硬化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行,例如可於100~350℃(較佳為150~350℃)、0.1~5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行熱硬化。 After the attachment, the temporary fixing sheet 81 may be thermally cured as needed. Thereby, the temporary fixing sheet 81 and the semiconductor wafer 3 can be satisfactorily joined. The heat hardening can be carried out by a conventionally known method, for example, it can be thermally cured at 100 to 350 ° C (preferably 150 to 350 ° C) for 0.1 to 5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere.

暫時固定用片材81之厚度並無特別限定,例如為10μm以上,較佳為50μm以上。若為10μm以上,則可追隨半導體晶圓表面之凹凸,可無間隙地填充暫時固定用片材81。又,暫時固定用片材81之厚度例如為500μm以下,較佳為300μm以下。若為500μm以下,則可抑制或防止厚度之不均或加熱時之收縮˙膨脹。 The thickness of the temporary fixing sheet 81 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 10 μm or more, and preferably 50 μm or more. When the thickness is 10 μm or more, the unevenness on the surface of the semiconductor wafer can be followed, and the temporary fixing sheet 81 can be filled without any gap. Moreover, the thickness of the temporary fixing sheet 81 is, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less. When it is 500 μm or less, uneven thickness or shrinkage enthalpy during heating can be suppressed or prevented.

俯視暫時固定用片材81時之形狀並無特別限定,通常為圓形。 The shape when the temporary fixing sheet 81 is viewed in plan is not particularly limited, and is generally circular.

暫時固定用片材81之接著力低於下述接著劑層80之接著力。關於暫時固定用片材81之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可防止半導體晶圓3之糊劑殘留。另一方面,該90°撕除剝離力之下限較佳為0.01N/20mm以上,更佳為0.02N/20mm以上,進而較佳為0.05N/20mm以上。0.01N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓3良好地固定於基座1上,可良好地進行背面研磨等。 The adhesion force of the temporary fixing sheet 81 is lower than the adhesion force of the adhesive layer 80 described below. Regarding the adhesion force of the temporary fixing sheet 81, for example, a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min, the 90° peeling peeling force for the silicon wafer is preferably less than 0.30 N/20 mm, more preferably It is 0.20N/20mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, the paste of the semiconductor wafer 3 can be prevented from remaining. On the other hand, the lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is preferably 0.01 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.02 N/20 mm or more, and still more preferably 0.05 N/20 mm or more. When 0.01 N/20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer 3 can be satisfactorily fixed to the susceptor 1, and back surface polishing or the like can be satisfactorily performed.

作為構成暫時固定用片材81之接著劑組合物,只要以暫時固定用片材81之接著力低於下述接著劑層80之接著力之方式選擇,則並無特別限定。作為構成暫時固定用片材81之接著劑組合物,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂。其中,就耐熱性、抗藥性、糊劑殘留性之方面而言,較佳為聚醯亞胺樹脂。 The adhesive composition constituting the temporary fixing sheet 81 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force of the temporary fixing sheet 81 is selected to be lower than the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 80 described below. As the adhesive composition constituting the temporary fixing sheet 81, the polyimine resin or the polyoxynoxy resin described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used. Among them, in terms of heat resistance, drug resistance, and paste residue, a polyimide resin is preferred.

作為半導體晶圓3,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之半導體晶圓3。又,半導體晶圓3通常具有斜面部。 As the semiconductor wafer 3, the semiconductor wafer 3 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used. Also, the semiconductor wafer 3 usually has a sloped surface.

步驟(B) Step (B)

步驟(B)中,於暫時固定用片材81之另一面貼附具有斜面部之基座1。 In the step (B), the susceptor 1 having the inclined surface portion is attached to the other surface of the temporary fixing sheet 81.

貼附方法並無特別限定,較佳為利用輥式層壓或真空加壓進行貼附。貼附條件並無特別限定,例如可於23~250℃、0.01~10MPa下進行貼附。 The attachment method is not particularly limited, and it is preferably attached by roll lamination or vacuum pressurization. The attachment conditions are not particularly limited, and for example, they can be attached at 23 to 250 ° C and 0.01 to 10 MPa.

於基座1之周緣部,形成有自基座1之上表面及下表面向側面(外側)傾斜之傾斜面。形成有此種傾斜面之周緣部為斜面部。 An inclined surface that is inclined from the upper surface of the susceptor 1 and the lower surface toward the side surface (outer side) is formed on the peripheral portion of the susceptor 1. The peripheral portion where such an inclined surface is formed is a slope portion.

作為基座1,只要具有斜面部,則並無特別限定。作為基座1,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之基座1。其中,就平滑性、易獲得性、污染性之理由而言,較佳為矽晶圓或玻璃晶圓。 The susceptor 1 is not particularly limited as long as it has a sloped surface. As the susceptor 1, the susceptor 1 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used. Among them, for reasons of smoothness, availability, and contamination, a germanium wafer or a glass wafer is preferred.

步驟(C) Step (C)

步驟(C)中,於暫時固定用片材81與基座1之斜面部之間形成接著力高於暫時固定片材81之接著劑層80而將暫時固定用片材81固定於基座1上(圖19)。 In the step (C), the temporary fixing sheet 81 is fixed to the susceptor 1 by forming an adhesive layer 80 having a higher adhesive force than the temporary fixing sheet 81 between the temporary fixing sheet 81 and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor 1. On (Figure 19).

具體而言,於暫時固定用片材81與基座1之斜面部之間塗佈液狀接著劑組合物並進行乾燥等,藉此形成接著劑層80而將暫時固定用片材81固定於基座1上。 Specifically, a liquid adhesive composition is applied between the temporary fixing sheet 81 and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor 1 and dried, thereby forming the adhesive layer 80 and fixing the temporary fixing sheet 81 to the temporary fixing sheet 81. On the base 1.

關於接著劑層80之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。若為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將暫時固定用片材81良好地固定於基座1上,可良好地進行背面研磨等。又,該90°撕除剝離力之上限並無特別限定,越大越好,例如為30N/20mm以下,較佳為20N/20mm以下。 With respect to the adhesion force of the adhesive layer 80, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min, the 90° peeling peeling force for the silicon wafer is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40 N. /20mm or more. When it is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the temporary fixing sheet 81 can be satisfactorily fixed to the susceptor 1, and back surface polishing or the like can be satisfactorily performed. Further, the upper limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, preferably 20 N/20 mm or less.

作為構成接著劑層80之材料,只要以接著劑層80之接著力高於暫時固定用片材81之接著力之方式選擇,則並無特別限定。作為構成接著劑層80之材料,可較佳地使用上述聚醯亞胺樹脂、上述聚矽氧樹脂。其中,就耐熱性、抗藥性、糊劑殘留性之方面而言,較佳為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂。 The material constituting the adhesive layer 80 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 80 is higher than the adhesive force of the temporary fixing sheet 81. As the material constituting the adhesive layer 80, the above polyimine resin and the above polyoxyxylene resin can be preferably used. Among them, the above-mentioned polyimine resin is preferred in terms of heat resistance, drug resistance, and paste residue.

圖20之(a)係表示於暫時固定用片材81與基座1之斜面部之間形成接著劑層80的情況之圖。圖20之(b)係斜面部周邊之放大圖。 (a) of FIG. 20 is a view showing a state in which the adhesive layer 80 is formed between the temporary fixing sheet 81 and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor 1. Fig. 20(b) is an enlarged view of the periphery of the inclined surface.

如圖20(b)所示,暫時固定用片材81之端部較佳為較基座1之端部更內側且較基座1之斜面部之傾斜起始位置更接近外側。具體而言,若將基座1之端部與暫時固定用片材81之端部於橫向方向(基座1之面的水平方向)之距離設為D1,將基座1之端部與基座1之斜面部之傾斜起始位置於橫向方向之距離設為D2,則D1較佳為大於D2之十分之一、即(D2)/10。若D1大於D2之十分之一,則可防止暫時固定用片材81與其他構件(例如用於搬送之卡匣)接觸並捲起。 As shown in Fig. 20 (b), the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 81 is preferably located further inside than the end portion of the susceptor 1 and closer to the outer side than the inclined starting position of the inclined surface portion of the susceptor 1. Specifically, when the distance between the end portion of the susceptor 1 and the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 81 in the lateral direction (the horizontal direction of the surface of the susceptor 1) is D1, the end portion of the susceptor 1 and the base are used. The distance between the inclination starting position of the inclined portion of the seat 1 in the lateral direction is D2, and D1 is preferably greater than one tenth of D2, that is, (D2)/10. If D1 is larger than one tenth of D2, the temporary fixing sheet 81 can be prevented from coming into contact with other members (for example, a cassette for transporting) and rolled up.

另一方面,D1較佳為小於D2之三分之二、即(D2)×(2/3)。若D1小於D2之三分之二,則可在一定程度上確保由接著劑層80所產生之接著部分之面積,接著可靠性優異。 On the other hand, D1 is preferably less than two-thirds of D2, that is, (D2) × (2/3). If D1 is less than two-thirds of D2, the area of the succeeding portion produced by the adhesive layer 80 can be ensured to some extent, and then the reliability is excellent.

再者,D2通常為0.1~0.4mm。 Furthermore, D2 is usually 0.1 to 0.4 mm.

圖21之(a)係表示於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成接著劑層的情況之圖。圖21之(b)係半導體晶圓之斜面部周邊之放大圖。 Fig. 21 (a) is a view showing a state in which an adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor. (b) of FIG. 21 is an enlarged view of the periphery of the slope portion of the semiconductor wafer.

如圖21(b)所示,暫時固定用片材81之端部較佳為較半導體晶圓3之端部更內側且較半導體晶圓3之斜面部之傾斜起始位置更接近外側。 As shown in FIG. 21(b), the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 81 is preferably located further inside than the end portion of the semiconductor wafer 3 and closer to the outside than the inclined starting position of the inclined surface portion of the semiconductor wafer 3.

具體而言,若將半導體晶圓3之端部與暫時固定用片材81之端部於橫向方向(半導體晶圓3之面的水平方向)之距離設為D3,將半導體 晶圓3之端部與半導體晶圓3之斜面部之傾斜起始位置於橫向方向之距離設為D4,則D3較佳為大於D4之十分之一、即(D4)/10。若D3大於D4之十分之一,則可防止暫時固定用片材81與其他構件(例如用於搬送之卡匣)接觸並捲起。 Specifically, when the distance between the end portion of the semiconductor wafer 3 and the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 81 in the lateral direction (the horizontal direction of the surface of the semiconductor wafer 3) is D3, the semiconductor is used. The distance between the end portion of the wafer 3 and the inclined starting position of the slope portion of the semiconductor wafer 3 in the lateral direction is D4, and D3 is preferably greater than one tenth of D4, that is, (D4)/10. If D3 is larger than one tenth of D4, the temporary fixing sheet 81 can be prevented from coming into contact with other members (for example, a cassette for transporting) and rolled up.

另一方面,D3較佳為小於D4之三分之二、即(D4)×(2/3)。若D3小於D4之三分之二,則可在一定程度上確保由接著劑層80所產生之接著部分之面積,接著可靠性優異。 On the other hand, D3 is preferably less than two-thirds of D4, that is, (D4) × (2/3). If D3 is less than two-thirds of D4, the area of the succeeding portion produced by the adhesive layer 80 can be ensured to some extent, and then the reliability is excellent.

再者,D4通常為0.1~0.4mm。 Furthermore, D4 is usually 0.1 to 0.4 mm.

其他步驟 Other steps

較佳為對由步驟(A)~(C)固定於基座1上之半導體晶圓3進行背面研磨。背面研磨可藉由先前公知之方法而進行。 Preferably, the semiconductor wafer 3 fixed to the susceptor 1 by the steps (A) to (C) is back-polished. Back grinding can be carried out by a previously known method.

經背面研磨之半導體晶圓之厚度例如為1~300μm,較佳為5~100μm。 The thickness of the back-grinded semiconductor wafer is, for example, 1 to 300 μm, preferably 5 to 100 μm.

背面研磨後,可對半導體晶圓3之非電路形成面(經背面研磨之面)進行加工。作為加工方法,可列舉電極形成、金屬配線形成、保護膜形成等。再者,亦可藉由該加工而形成矽貫通電極。 After the back surface polishing, the non-circuit forming surface (surface back-polished) of the semiconductor wafer 3 can be processed. Examples of the processing method include electrode formation, metal wiring formation, and formation of a protective film. Further, a tantalum penetration electrode can be formed by the processing.

對半導體晶圓3實施背面研磨或加工等所需之處理後,較佳為將基座1自暫時固定用片材81分離。 After the semiconductor wafer 3 is subjected to a process required for back grinding or processing, it is preferable to separate the susceptor 1 from the temporary fixing sheet 81.

作為將基座1自暫時固定用片材81分離之方法,並無特別限定。 The method of separating the susceptor 1 from the temporary fixing sheet 81 is not particularly limited.

例如較佳為於暫時固定用片材80上切出切口而分離之方法、降低接著劑層80之接著力而分離之方法。其中,較佳為於暫時固定用片材81上切出切口而分離之方法,其原因在於不會對半導體晶圓3施加負荷。 For example, a method of cutting a slit in the temporary fixing sheet 80 and separating it, and a method of reducing the adhesion of the adhesive layer 80 and separating it are preferable. Among them, a method of cutting a slit in the temporary fixing sheet 81 and separating it is preferable because no load is applied to the semiconductor wafer 3.

圖22係表示於暫時固定用片材81上切出切口之情況之圖。如圖22所示,較佳為於暫時固定用片材81上切出切口99直至到達基座1為止,更佳為於暫時固定用片材81上切出切口99直至到達基座1之斜面 部為止。切口方法並無特別限定,可藉由切割機或雷射等先前公知之方法而切出切口。 Fig. 22 is a view showing a state in which a slit is cut in the temporary fixing sheet 81. As shown in Fig. 22, it is preferable that the slit 99 is cut out from the temporary fixing sheet 81 until reaching the susceptor 1, and it is more preferable to cut the slit 99 on the temporary fixing sheet 81 until reaching the slope of the susceptor 1. Until now. The slitting method is not particularly limited, and the slit can be cut by a previously known method such as a cutter or a laser.

接著劑層80之降低接著力之方法並無特別限定,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解接著劑層80之方法;預先使用接著力會隨著加熱而降低之材料形成接著劑層80,利用加熱降低接著力之方法等。 The method of reducing the adhesion force of the agent layer 80 is not particularly limited, and a method of dissolving the adhesive layer 80 by a solvent is exemplified; and the adhesive layer 80 is formed by using a material whose adhesion force is lowered with heating in advance, and is lowered by heating. The method of force, etc.

以上之說明中,對使用具有電路形成面及非電路形成面者作為半導體晶圓3之情形進行了說明。但是,並不限定於具有電路形成面及非電路形成面者,亦可為兩面為非電路形成面者等。 In the above description, the case where the circuit formation surface and the non-circuit formation surface are used as the semiconductor wafer 3 has been described. However, it is not limited to those having a circuit forming surface and a non-circuit forming surface, and may be a non-circuit forming surface on both sides.

又,對背面研磨由步驟(A)~(C)固定於基座1上之半導體晶圓3後進行加工之情形進行了說明。但是,亦可不進行背面研磨而對半導體晶圓3進行加工。 Further, the case where the semiconductor wafer 3 fixed on the susceptor 1 by the steps (A) to (C) is processed after the back surface polishing is described. However, the semiconductor wafer 3 may be processed without back grinding.

又,作為暫時固定用片材之形狀,對剖面為矩形之情形進行了說明。但是暫時固定用片材之形狀並無特別限定。例如亦可為如圖23所示般於暫時固定用片材之周緣部設置凹部者等。 Moreover, the shape of the sheet for temporary fixation has been described with respect to the case where the cross section is rectangular. However, the shape of the sheet for temporary fixing is not particularly limited. For example, as shown in FIG. 23, a recess may be provided in the peripheral portion of the temporary fixing sheet.

如上所述,於第3本發明之製造方法中,步驟(A)~(C)之順序並無特別限定。例如可於步驟(B)之前進行步驟(C)。於該情形時,只要於暫時固定用片材之周緣部(與斜面部對應之部分)預先設置作為片狀物之接著劑層,以接著劑層接著於斜面部之方式於暫時固定用片材上貼附基座即可。 As described above, in the manufacturing method of the third aspect of the invention, the order of the steps (A) to (C) is not particularly limited. For example, step (C) can be carried out before step (B). In this case, the peripheral portion of the temporary fixing sheet (the portion corresponding to the inclined surface portion) is provided with an adhesive layer as a sheet in advance, and the adhesive layer is applied to the temporary fixing sheet in the manner of the inclined surface portion. Attach the pedestal to the top.

<<第4本發明>> <<The fourth invention>>

以下,關於第4本發明(第4-1本發明、第4-2本發明、第4-3本發明、第4-4本發明及第4-5本發明),對與第1本發明不同之方面進行說明。 Hereinafter, the fourth invention (the 4-1st invention, the 4th invention, the 4th invention, the 4th invention, and the 4th invention), and the first invention Explain the different aspects.

第4本發明之目的在於提供一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上並且可將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。 A fourth object of the present invention is to provide a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device which can securely mount a semiconductor wafer on a susceptor and can easily separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer.

[第4-1本發明] [4-1th invention]

第4-1本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片具有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層,接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成;使用上述接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及於上述第1接著劑層上切出切口直至到達上述第2層為止而將上述基座自上述半導體晶圓分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a fourth aspect of the present invention, comprising: a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesion force than the first adhesive layer, and then surrounding the sheet The portion is formed by the first adhesive layer, and the central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer; and the step of fixing the semiconductor wafer to the susceptor using the adhesive sheet And a step of separating the pedestal from the semiconductor wafer by cutting a slit in the first adhesive layer until reaching the second layer.

首先,準備接著片,該接著片具有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層,接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成。 First, a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer, and a peripheral portion of the sheet formed of the first adhesive layer, which is higher than the peripheral portion, is prepared The central portion of the inner side is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer.

圖24係可用於第4-1本發明之接著片5之剖面模式圖。如圖24所示,接著片5係周邊部54由第1接著劑層50形成,且較周邊部54更內側之中央部53由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層形成。即,接著片5具有第2層51、及以覆蓋第2層51之上表面及側面之態樣積層於第2層51上之第1接著劑層50。第2層51之接著力低於第1接著劑層50之接著力。 Figure 24 is a cross-sectional schematic view of a back sheet 5 which can be used in the 4-1th invention. As shown in FIG. 24, the succeeding sheet 5 peripheral portion 54 is formed of the first adhesive layer 50, and the central portion 53 which is further inside than the peripheral portion 54 is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. That is, the succeeding sheet 5 has the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 laminated on the second layer 51 in a state of covering the upper surface and the side surface of the second layer 51. The adhesion of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50.

接著片5之周邊部54係由上述第1接著劑層50形成。接著力高於第2層51之第1接著劑層50存在於周邊部54,故而可於該部分將半導體晶圓牢固地固定於基座上。 Next, the peripheral portion 54 of the sheet 5 is formed of the above-described first adhesive layer 50. Then, the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher force than the second layer 51 is present in the peripheral portion 54, so that the semiconductor wafer can be firmly fixed to the susceptor at this portion.

藉由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層而形成較周邊部54更內側之中央部53。可利用僅第1接著劑層50露出之面牢固地固定半導體晶圓或基座。又,於第2層51與基座接觸之情形時,容易將接著片自基座剝離,糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 The central portion 53 that is further inside than the peripheral portion 54 is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. The semiconductor wafer or the susceptor can be firmly fixed by the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed. Further, when the second layer 51 is in contact with the susceptor, the adhesive sheet is easily peeled off from the susceptor, and the paste remains small, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

圖25係可用於第4-1本發明之接著片5之俯視圖。 Figure 25 is a plan view of a backsheet 5 which can be used in the 4-1st invention.

如圖25所示,接著片5於俯視時之形狀為圓形。作為接著片5,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之接著片5。 As shown in Fig. 25, the shape of the succeeding sheet 5 in a plan view is circular. As the adhesive sheet 5, the adhesive sheet 5 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

圖26所示,接著片5亦可為形成有其他層者。圖26係可用於第4-1本發明之接著片5之剖面模式圖。圖26之接著片5遍及周邊部54及中央部53而形成有第3層55。藉由將僅接著力低於第1接著劑層50之第3層55露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓上,可將附有第3層55之接著片5自半導體晶圓容易地剝離。又,可消除半導體晶圓之糊劑殘留,可省略半導體晶圓之洗淨步驟。 As shown in Fig. 26, the succeeding sheet 5 may be formed with other layers. Figure 26 is a cross-sectional schematic view of a back sheet 5 which can be used in the 4-1st invention. The third sheet 55 is formed on the succeeding sheet 5 of FIG. 26 over the peripheral portion 54 and the central portion 53. By attaching the exposed surface of the third layer 55 having a lower adhesion than the first adhesive layer 50 to the semiconductor wafer, the adhesive sheet 5 with the third layer 55 can be easily peeled off from the semiconductor wafer. Moreover, the paste residue of the semiconductor wafer can be eliminated, and the semiconductor wafer cleaning step can be omitted.

以下之說明中,對使用圖24、25所示之接著片5之情形進行說明。 In the following description, the case where the back sheet 5 shown in Figs. 24 and 25 is used will be described.

準備接著片5後,使用接著片5將半導體晶圓41固定於基座31上。圖27係表示將半導體晶圓41固定於基座31上之情況之模式圖。 After the bonding sheet 5 is prepared, the semiconductor wafer 41 is fixed to the susceptor 31 by using the bonding sheet 5. FIG. 27 is a schematic view showing a state in which the semiconductor wafer 41 is fixed to the susceptor 31.

使用接著片5將半導體晶圓41固定於基座31上之方法並無特別限定,較佳為將接著片5之第1接著劑層50及第2層51露出之面貼附於基座31上並將僅接著片5之第1接著劑層50露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓41之電路形成面上的方法(圖27)。 The method of fixing the semiconductor wafer 41 to the susceptor 31 by using the adhesive sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and it is preferable that the first adhesive layer 50 of the adhesive sheet 5 and the surface on which the second layer 51 is exposed are attached to the susceptor 31. A method of attaching only the surface on which the first adhesive layer 50 of the sheet 5 is exposed is attached to the circuit formation surface of the semiconductor wafer 41 (FIG. 27).

作為半導體晶圓41,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之半導體晶圓3。作為基座31,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之基座1。 As the semiconductor wafer 41, the semiconductor wafer 3 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used. As the susceptor 31, the susceptor 1 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

貼附(固定)方法並無特別限定,較佳為壓接。壓接通常係一面利用壓接輥等擠壓機構進行擠壓一面進行。作為壓接條件,例如較佳為20~300℃、0.001~10MPa、0.001~10mm/sec。壓接時間通常為0.1~10分鐘。 The attaching (fixing) method is not particularly limited, and is preferably crimping. The crimping is usually performed while being pressed by a pressing mechanism such as a pressure roller. The pressure bonding conditions are, for example, preferably 20 to 300 ° C, 0.001 to 10 MPa, and 0.001 to 10 mm/sec. The crimping time is usually 0.1 to 10 minutes.

壓接後,視需要對第1接著劑層50及第2層51進行醯亞胺化。藉此,可將半導體晶圓41良好地固定於基座31上。醯亞胺化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行,例如可於150~500℃、0.5~5小時之條件下進行醯亞胺化。再者,亦可對第1接著劑層50及第2層51中之僅一者進行醯 亞胺化。 After the pressure bonding, the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 are imidized as needed. Thereby, the semiconductor wafer 41 can be well fixed to the susceptor 31. The ruthenium imidization can be carried out by a conventionally known method, for example, ruthenium imidation can be carried out at 150 to 500 ° C for 0.5 to 5 hours. Further, only one of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 may be subjected to 醯 Imine.

繼而,較佳為對上述半導體晶圓41進行背面研磨。背面研磨可藉由先前公知之方法而進行。 Then, it is preferable to perform back surface polishing on the semiconductor wafer 41. Back grinding can be carried out by a previously known method.

經背面研磨之半導體晶圓之厚度例如為1~300μm,較佳為5~100μm。 The thickness of the back-grinded semiconductor wafer is, for example, 1 to 300 μm, preferably 5 to 100 μm.

背面研磨後,可對半導體晶圓41之非電路形成面(經背面研磨之面)進行加工。作為加工方法,可列舉電極形成、金屬配線形成、保護膜形成等。再者,亦可藉由該加工而形成矽貫通電極。 After the back surface polishing, the non-circuit forming surface (surface back-polished) of the semiconductor wafer 41 can be processed. Examples of the processing method include electrode formation, metal wiring formation, and formation of a protective film. Further, a tantalum penetration electrode can be formed by the processing.

實施背面研磨或加工等所需之處理後,切割第1接著劑層50而將基座31自半導體晶圓41分離。圖28係表示切割第1接著劑層50之情況之模式圖。 After performing the necessary processing such as back grinding or processing, the first adhesive layer 50 is diced to separate the susceptor 31 from the semiconductor wafer 41. Fig. 28 is a schematic view showing a state in which the first adhesive layer 50 is cut.

切割方法並無特別限定,可利用切割機或雷射等先前公知之方法進行切割。 The cutting method is not particularly limited, and the cutting can be performed by a conventionally known method such as a cutter or a laser.

分離步驟中,切割第1接著劑層50。藉此,可破壞第1接著劑層50之連續性,視需要施加外力,藉此可將基座31自半導體晶圓41容易地分離。又,接著片5由於在其周邊部54形成有第1接著劑層50,故而容易於第1接著劑層50上切出切口101。 In the separating step, the first adhesive layer 50 is cut. Thereby, the continuity of the first adhesive layer 50 can be broken, and an external force can be applied as needed, whereby the susceptor 31 can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer 41. Further, since the first sheet layer 50 is formed on the peripheral portion 54 of the succeeding sheet 5, the slit 101 is easily cut out from the first adhesive layer 50.

以上之說明中,對使用俯視時之形狀為圓形之接著片5之情形進行了說明。但是,該形狀並無特別限定,亦可為多角形、橢圓形等其他形狀。 In the above description, the case where the shape of the back sheet 5 having a circular shape in plan view is used has been described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be other shapes such as a polygonal shape or an elliptical shape.

又,對使用俯視時第2層51之形狀為圓形之接著片5之情形進行了說明。但是,該形狀並無特別限定,亦可為多角形、橢圓形等其他形狀。 Further, the case where the shape of the second layer 51 in the plan view is a circular back sheet 5 has been described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be other shapes such as a polygonal shape or an elliptical shape.

以上之說明中,作為使用接著片5將半導體晶圓41固定於基座31上之方法,對將接著片5之第1接著劑層50及第2層51露出之面貼附於基座31上並將僅接著片5之第1接著劑層50露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓 41之電路形成面上的方法進行了說明。但是,使用接著片5將半導體晶圓41固定於基座31上之方法並無特別限定,亦可為將僅接著片5之第1接著劑層50露出之面貼附於基座31上並將接著片5之第1接著劑層50及第2層51露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓41之電路形成面上的方法等。 In the above description, as a method of fixing the semiconductor wafer 41 to the susceptor 31 by using the adhesive sheet 5, the surface on which the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 of the adhesive sheet 5 are exposed is attached to the susceptor 31. And attaching only the exposed surface of the first adhesive layer 50 of the sheet 5 to the semiconductor wafer The method of forming a circuit on the surface of 41 is explained. However, the method of fixing the semiconductor wafer 41 to the susceptor 31 by using the bonding sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 of the bonding sheet 5 is exposed may be attached to the susceptor 31. A method of attaching the exposed surface of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 of the bonding sheet 5 to the circuit formation surface of the semiconductor wafer 41.

又,對使用具有電路形成面及非電路形成面者作為半導體晶圓41之情形進行了說明。但是,並不限定於具有電路形成面及非電路形成面者,亦可為兩面為非電路形成面者等。 Further, a case where a circuit having a circuit formation surface and a non-circuit formation surface is used as the semiconductor wafer 41 has been described. However, it is not limited to those having a circuit forming surface and a non-circuit forming surface, and may be a non-circuit forming surface on both sides.

[第4-2本發明] [4-2nd invention]

第4-2本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片具有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層,接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第2層形成;使用上述接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及於上述第1接著劑層上切出切口直至到達上述第2層為止而將上述基座自上述半導體晶圓分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a fourth aspect of the present invention, comprising: a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesion force than the first adhesive layer, and then surrounding the sheet a portion formed of the first adhesive layer, a central portion further inside the peripheral portion formed of the second layer, a step of fixing the semiconductor wafer on the susceptor using the adhesive sheet, and the first adhesive layer The step of cutting the slit from the semiconductor wafer until the second layer is reached.

首先,準備接著片,該接著片具有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層,接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第2層形成。 First, a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer, and a peripheral portion of the sheet formed of the first adhesive layer, which is higher than the peripheral portion, is prepared The central portion of the inner side is formed by the second layer.

圖29係可用於第4-2本發明之接著片6之剖面模式圖。如圖29所示,接著片6係周邊部64由第1接著劑層60形成,且較周邊部64更內側之中央部63由第2層61形成。第2層61之接著力低於第1接著劑層60之接著力。 Figure 29 is a cross-sectional schematic view of a back sheet 6 which can be used in the 4th-2th invention. As shown in FIG. 29, the succeeding sheet 6 is formed by the first adhesive layer 60, and the central portion 63 which is further inside than the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the second layer 61. The adhesion of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60.

藉由第1接著劑層60而形成接著片6之周邊部64。由於接著力高於第2層61之第1接著劑層60存在於周邊部64,故而可於該部分將半導體晶圓牢固地固定於基座上。 The peripheral portion 64 of the succeeding sheet 6 is formed by the first adhesive layer 60. Since the first adhesive layer 60 having a higher adhesion force than the second layer 61 exists in the peripheral portion 64, the semiconductor wafer can be firmly fixed to the susceptor at this portion.

較周邊部64更內側之中央部63由第2層61形成。由於第2層61與 基座接觸,故而容易將接著片6自基座剝離,糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 The central portion 63 that is further inside than the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the second layer 61. Due to the second layer 61 and Since the susceptor is in contact with each other, it is easy to peel off the adhesive sheet 6 from the susceptor, and the paste remains small, and it is easy to collect the susceptor.

圖30係可用於第4-2本發明之接著片6之俯視圖。如圖30所示,接著片6於俯視時之形狀為圓形。作為接著片6,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之接著片6。 Figure 30 is a plan view of a back sheet 6 which can be used in the 4th-2th invention. As shown in Fig. 30, the shape of the succeeding sheet 6 in a plan view is circular. As the adhesive sheet 6, the adhesive sheet 6 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

如圖31所示,接著片亦可為形成有其他層者。圖31係可用於第4-2本發明之接著片6之剖面模式圖。圖31之接著片6係遍及周邊部64及中央部63而形成有第3層65。藉由將接著力低於第1接著劑層60之第3層65露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓上,可將附有第3層65之接著片6自半導體晶圓容易地剝離。又,可消除半導體晶圓之糊劑殘留,可省略半導體晶圓之洗淨步驟。 As shown in FIG. 31, the succeeding film may also be formed with other layers. Figure 31 is a cross-sectional schematic view of a back sheet 6 which can be used in the 4th-2th invention. The succeeding sheet 6 of FIG. 31 is formed with a third layer 65 over the peripheral portion 64 and the central portion 63. By attaching the exposed surface of the third layer 65 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 60 to the semiconductor wafer, the adhesive sheet 6 with the third layer 65 can be easily peeled off from the semiconductor wafer. Moreover, the paste residue of the semiconductor wafer can be eliminated, and the semiconductor wafer cleaning step can be omitted.

以下之說明中,對使用圖29、30所示之接著片6之情形進行說明。 In the following description, the case where the back sheet 6 shown in Figs. 29 and 30 is used will be described.

準備接著片6後,使用接著片6將半導體晶圓42固定於基座32上。 After the bonding sheet 6 is prepared, the semiconductor wafer 42 is fixed to the susceptor 32 using the bonding sheet 6.

固定方法並無特別限定,較佳為壓接。壓接通常係一面利用壓接輥等擠壓機構進行擠壓一面進行。作為壓接條件,例如較佳為20~300℃、0.001~10MPa、0.001~10mm/sec。壓接時間通常為0.1~10分鐘。 The fixing method is not particularly limited, and is preferably crimping. The crimping is usually performed while being pressed by a pressing mechanism such as a pressure roller. The pressure bonding conditions are, for example, preferably 20 to 300 ° C, 0.001 to 10 MPa, and 0.001 to 10 mm/sec. The crimping time is usually 0.1 to 10 minutes.

壓接後,視需要對第1接著劑層60及第2層61進行醯亞胺化。藉此,可將半導體晶圓42良好地固定於基座32上。醯亞胺化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行,例如可於150~500℃、0.5~5小時之條件下進行醯亞胺化。再者,亦可對第1接著劑層60及第2層61中之僅一者進行醯亞胺化。 After the pressure bonding, the first adhesive layer 60 and the second layer 61 are imidized as needed. Thereby, the semiconductor wafer 42 can be well fixed to the susceptor 32. The ruthenium imidization can be carried out by a conventionally known method, for example, ruthenium imidation can be carried out at 150 to 500 ° C for 0.5 to 5 hours. Further, only one of the first adhesive layer 60 and the second layer 61 may be imidized.

半導體晶圓42係與半導體晶圓41相同。基座32係與基座31相同。 The semiconductor wafer 42 is the same as the semiconductor wafer 41. The base 32 is the same as the base 31.

繼而,較佳為對上述半導體晶圓42進行背面研磨。背面研磨可藉由先前公知之方法而進行。 Then, it is preferable to perform back surface polishing on the semiconductor wafer 42. Back grinding can be carried out by a previously known method.

經背面研磨之半導體晶圓之厚度例如為1~300μm,較佳為5~100μm。 The thickness of the back-grinded semiconductor wafer is, for example, 1 to 300 μm, preferably 5 to 100 μm.

背面研磨後,可對半導體晶圓42之非電路形成面(經背面研磨之面)進行加工。作為加工方法,可列舉電極形成、金屬配線形成、保護膜形成等。再者,亦可藉由該加工而形成矽貫通電極。 After the back surface polishing, the non-circuit forming surface (surface back-polished) of the semiconductor wafer 42 can be processed. Examples of the processing method include electrode formation, metal wiring formation, and formation of a protective film. Further, a tantalum penetration electrode can be formed by the processing.

實施背面研磨或加工等所需之處理後,切割第1接著劑層60而將基座32自半導體晶圓42分離。圖32係表示切割第1接著劑層之情況之模式圖。 After performing the necessary processing such as back grinding or processing, the first adhesive layer 60 is diced to separate the susceptor 32 from the semiconductor wafer 42. Fig. 32 is a schematic view showing a state in which the first adhesive layer is cut.

切割方法並無特別限定,可利用切割機或雷射等先前公知之方法進行切割。 The cutting method is not particularly limited, and the cutting can be performed by a conventionally known method such as a cutter or a laser.

分離步驟中,切割第1接著劑層60。藉此,可破壞第1接著劑層60之連續性,視需要施加外力,藉此可將基座32自半導體晶圓42容易地分離。又,接著片6由於在其周邊部64形成有第1接著劑層60,故而容易於第1接著劑層60上切出切口102。 In the separating step, the first adhesive layer 60 is cut. Thereby, the continuity of the first adhesive layer 60 can be broken, and an external force can be applied as needed, whereby the susceptor 32 can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer 42. Further, since the succeeding sheet 6 has the first adhesive layer 60 formed on the peripheral portion 64, the slit 102 is easily cut out from the first adhesive layer 60.

以上之說明中對俯視時之形狀為圓形之接著片6進行了說明。但是,該形狀並無特別限定,亦可為多角形、橢圓形等其他形狀。 In the above description, the back sheet 6 having a circular shape in plan view has been described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be other shapes such as a polygonal shape or an elliptical shape.

又,對俯視時第2層61之形狀為圓形之接著片6進行了說明。但是,該形狀並無特別限定,亦可為多角形、橢圓形等其他形狀。 Moreover, the back sheet 6 in which the shape of the second layer 61 is circular in plan view is described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be other shapes such as a polygonal shape or an elliptical shape.

[第4-3本發明] [The 4th-3th invention]

第4-3本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係積層有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層;使用上述接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及於上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之邊界切出切口而將上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a fourth aspect of the present invention, comprising: a step of preparing a bonding sheet, wherein the bonding layer has a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer; a step of fixing the semiconductor wafer to the susceptor on the substrate, and a step of separating the first adhesive layer from the second layer by cutting a slit at a boundary between the first adhesive layer and the second layer.

首先,準備接著片,該接著片係積層有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層。 First, a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer is prepared.

圖33係可用於第4-3本發明之接著片7之剖面模式圖。如圖33所示,接著片7係藉由第1接著劑層70與第2層71之積層而形成。第2層71之接著力低於第1接著劑層70之接著力。 Figure 33 is a cross-sectional schematic view of a back sheet 7 which can be used in the fourth to third invention. As shown in FIG. 33, the succeeding sheet 7 is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71. The adhesion of the second layer 71 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70.

作為接著片7,可較佳地使用第2本發明中所說明之接著片7。 As the adhesive sheet 7, the adhesive sheet 7 described in the second aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

如圖34所示,接著片亦可為形成有其他層者。圖34係可用於第4-3本發明之接著片之剖面模式圖。圖34之接著片7係藉由第3層75、第2層71與第1接著劑層70之積層而形成。 As shown in FIG. 34, the succeeding film may also be formed with other layers. Figure 34 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a sheet which can be used in the 4th to 3rd invention. The adhesive sheet 7 of Fig. 34 is formed by laminating the third layer 75, the second layer 71, and the first adhesive layer 70.

第3層75之接著力較佳為低於第1接著劑層70之接著力。藉此,於將接著片7之第3層75貼附於基座上貼附之情形時,可將接著片7自基座容易地剝離。又,可消除基座之糊劑殘留,可省略基座之洗淨步驟。 The adhesion of the third layer 75 is preferably lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70. Thereby, when the third layer 75 of the adhesive sheet 7 is attached to the susceptor, the adhesive sheet 7 can be easily peeled off from the susceptor. Further, the paste residue of the susceptor can be eliminated, and the cleaning step of the susceptor can be omitted.

以下之說明中,對使用圖33所示之接著片7之情形進行說明。 In the following description, the case where the back sheet 7 shown in Fig. 33 is used will be described.

圖35係表示於接著片7上貼附半導體晶圓43之情況之模式圖。圖36係表示將半導體晶圓43固定於基座33上之情況之模式圖。 FIG. 35 is a schematic view showing a state in which the semiconductor wafer 43 is attached to the adhesive sheet 7. FIG. 36 is a schematic view showing a state in which the semiconductor wafer 43 is fixed to the susceptor 33.

使用接著片7將半導體晶圓43固定於基座33上。例如藉由將半導體晶圓43貼附於第1接著劑層70上並將基座33貼附於第2層71上而將半導體晶圓43固定於基座33上。於為該方法之情形時,第1接著劑層70可追隨於半導體晶圓43表面之凹凸,可將半導體晶圓43良好地固定於基座33上。另一方面,由於接著力低於第1接著劑層70之第2層71與基座33接觸,故而容易將接著片7自基座33剝離。又,基座33之糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座33。 The semiconductor wafer 43 is fixed to the susceptor 33 using the bonding sheet 7. For example, the semiconductor wafer 43 is fixed to the susceptor 33 by attaching the semiconductor wafer 43 to the first adhesive layer 70 and attaching the susceptor 33 to the second layer 71. In the case of this method, the first adhesive layer 70 can follow the irregularities on the surface of the semiconductor wafer 43, and the semiconductor wafer 43 can be favorably fixed to the susceptor 33. On the other hand, since the second layer 71 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 70 is in contact with the susceptor 33, the adhesive sheet 7 is easily peeled off from the susceptor 33. Further, the paste of the susceptor 33 remains small, and the susceptor 33 can be easily recovered.

首先,將半導體晶圓43之電路形成面與第1接著劑層70貼合(圖35)。 First, the circuit formation surface of the semiconductor wafer 43 is bonded to the first adhesive layer 70 (FIG. 35).

貼合方法(貼附方法)並無特別限定,例如可列舉於23~250℃、 0.01~10MPa下貼附之方法。 The bonding method (attachment method) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include 23 to 250 ° C. The method of attaching at 0.01~10MPa.

再者,於接著片7之面積大於半導體晶圓43之面積之情形時,只要視需要於貼合前或貼合後切割接著片7即可。 Further, in the case where the area of the bonding sheet 7 is larger than the area of the semiconductor wafer 43, the bonding sheet 7 may be cut before or after bonding as needed.

再者,半導體晶圓43係與半導體晶圓41相同。 Furthermore, the semiconductor wafer 43 is the same as the semiconductor wafer 41.

繼而,將基座33與第2層71貼合(圖36)。 Then, the susceptor 33 is attached to the second layer 71 (FIG. 36).

貼合方法(貼附方法)並無特別限定,例如可列舉於23~250℃、0.01~10MPa下貼附之方法。 The bonding method (attachment method) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of attaching at 23 to 250 ° C and 0.01 to 10 MPa.

再者,於接著片7之面積大於基座33之面積之情形時,只要視需要切割接著片7即可。 Further, in the case where the area of the succeeding sheet 7 is larger than the area of the susceptor 33, the contiguous sheet 7 may be cut as needed.

再者,基座33係與基座31相同。 Further, the susceptor 33 is the same as the susceptor 31.

貼合後,視需要對第1接著劑層70及第2層71進行醯亞胺化。藉此,可將半導體晶圓43良好地固定於基座33上。醯亞胺化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行,例如可於150~500℃、0.5~5小時之條件下進行醯亞胺化。再者,亦可對第1接著劑層70及第2層71中之僅一者進行醯亞胺化。 After bonding, the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 are imidized as needed. Thereby, the semiconductor wafer 43 can be well fixed to the susceptor 33. The ruthenium imidization can be carried out by a conventionally known method, for example, ruthenium imidation can be carried out at 150 to 500 ° C for 0.5 to 5 hours. Further, only one of the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 may be imidized.

又,貼合後,視需要亦可對第1接著劑層70及第2層71進行熱硬化。於使用聚矽氧樹脂作為第1接著劑層70及第2層71之情形時,可藉由熱硬化而將半導體晶圓43良好地固定於基座33上。再者,亦可對第1接著劑層70及第2層71中之僅一者進行熱硬化。 Further, after bonding, the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 may be thermally cured as needed. When polyoxyxylene resin is used as the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71, the semiconductor wafer 43 can be favorably fixed to the susceptor 33 by thermal curing. Further, only one of the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 may be thermally cured.

繼而,較佳為對固定於基座33上之半導體晶圓43進行背面研磨。背面研磨可藉由先前公知之方法而進行。 Then, it is preferable to perform back grinding of the semiconductor wafer 43 fixed on the susceptor 33. Back grinding can be carried out by a previously known method.

經背面研磨之半導體晶圓之厚度例如為1~300μm,較佳為5~100μm。 The thickness of the back-grinded semiconductor wafer is, for example, 1 to 300 μm, preferably 5 to 100 μm.

背面研磨後,可對半導體晶圓43之非電路形成面(經背面研磨之面)進行加工。作為加工方法,可列舉電極形成、金屬配線形成、保護膜形成等。再者,亦可藉由該加工而形成矽貫通電極。 After the back surface polishing, the non-circuit forming surface (surface back-polished) of the semiconductor wafer 43 can be processed. Examples of the processing method include electrode formation, metal wiring formation, and formation of a protective film. Further, a tantalum penetration electrode can be formed by the processing.

對半導體晶圓43實施背面研磨或加工等所需之處理後,於第1接著劑層70與第2層71之邊界切出切口而將第1接著劑層70與第2層71分離。圖37係表示於第1接著劑層70與第2層71之邊界切出切口103之情況之模式圖。 After the semiconductor wafer 43 is subjected to a process such as back grinding or processing, a slit is cut out at the boundary between the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 to separate the first adhesive layer 70 from the second layer 71. FIG. 37 is a schematic view showing a state in which the slit 103 is cut out at the boundary between the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71.

切口方法並無特別限定,可利用切割機或雷射等先前公知之方法切出切口。切口深度並無特別限定,通常為0.1~10mm。 The slitting method is not particularly limited, and the slit can be cut by a previously known method such as a cutter or a laser. The depth of the slit is not particularly limited and is usually 0.1 to 10 mm.

由於第2層71之接著力低於第1接著劑層70,故而可視需要藉由施加外力而以切口103作為起點將第1接著劑層70與第2層71容易地分離。 Since the adhesion force of the second layer 71 is lower than that of the first adhesive layer 70, the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 can be easily separated by the application of the external force and the slit 103 as a starting point.

以上之說明中,對將半導體晶圓43貼附於第1接著劑層70上並將基座33貼附於第2層71上之方法進行了說明。但是,並不限定於此,亦可將基座33貼附於第1接著劑層70上並將半導體晶圓43貼附於第2層71上。 In the above description, a method of attaching the semiconductor wafer 43 to the first adhesive layer 70 and attaching the susceptor 33 to the second layer 71 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the susceptor 33 may be attached to the first adhesive layer 70 and the semiconductor wafer 43 may be attached to the second layer 71.

[第4-4本發明] [4-4th invention]

第4-4本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:於接著片(a)上貼附半導體晶圓之步驟(A);於接著片(b)上貼附基座之步驟(B);將由上述步驟(A)所獲得之附有接著片(a)之半導體晶圓的上述接著片(a)、及由上述步驟(B)所獲得之附有接著片(b)之基座的上述接著片(b)貼合而獲得依序積層有上述基座、上述接著片(b)、上述接著片(a)及上述半導體晶圓的積層體之步驟(C);以及於上述積層體之上述接著片(a)與上述接著片(b)之邊界切出切口而將上述接著片(a)與上述接著片(b)分離之步驟(D)。又,上述接著片(a)及(b)中之一者之接著力低於另一者。 4-4. A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the present invention, comprising: a step (A) of attaching a semiconductor wafer to a bonding sheet (a); and a step (B) of attaching a pedestal to the bonding sheet (b); The above-mentioned succeeding sheet (a) of the semiconductor wafer with the bonding sheet (a) obtained in the above step (A), and the above-mentioned substrate of the susceptor with the bonding sheet (b) obtained by the above step (B) The sheet (b) is bonded to obtain a step (C) of laminating the pedestal, the succeeding sheet (b), the succeeding sheet (a), and the semiconductor wafer, and the above-mentioned laminated body Next, a step (D) of cutting the slit at the boundary between the sheet (a) and the sheet (b) and separating the sheet (a) from the sheet (b). Further, one of the above-mentioned succeeding sheets (a) and (b) has a lower adhesion force than the other.

由於不僅使用接著力較低之接著片,而且併用接著力相對較高之接著片,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。 The semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor by using not only the adhesive sheet having a lower adhesive force but also a bonding sheet having a relatively high adhesion force.

接著片(b)之接著力較佳為低於上述接著片(a)。於該情形時,接著片(a)係接著力高於接著片(b)且半導體晶圓表面等之凹凸追隨性優 異。因此,接著片(a)可追隨於半導體晶圓表面之凹凸,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。另一方面,由於接著力低於接著片(a)之接著片(b)與基座接觸,故而容易將接著片(b)自基座剝離。又,基座之糊劑殘留較少,容易回收基座。 The bonding force of the sheet (b) is then preferably lower than that of the above sheet (a). In this case, the bonding force of the bonding sheet (a) is higher than that of the bonding sheet (b) and the surface of the semiconductor wafer or the like is excellent in bumping property. different. Therefore, the succeeding sheet (a) can follow the irregularities on the surface of the semiconductor wafer, so that the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor. On the other hand, since the adhesive force is lower than the contact sheet (b) of the adhesive sheet (a) and the susceptor, the adhesive sheet (b) is easily peeled off from the susceptor. Further, the paste of the susceptor is less left, and the susceptor can be easily recovered.

以下之說明中,對接著片(b)之接著力低於上述接著片(a)之情形進行說明。 In the following description, the case where the adhesive force of the succeeding sheet (b) is lower than the above-described succeeding sheet (a) will be described.

圖38係可用於第4-4本發明之接著片(a)之剖面模式圖。圖39係表示於接著片(a)上貼附半導體晶圓之情況之模式圖。圖40係可用於第4-4本發明之接著片接著片(b)之剖面模式圖。圖41係表示於接著片(b)上貼附基座之情況之模式圖。圖42係表示使用接著片(a)及(b)將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之情況之模式圖。 Figure 38 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a sheet (a) which can be used in the 4th-4th invention. Fig. 39 is a schematic view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is attached to a bonding sheet (a). Figure 40 is a cross-sectional schematic view of a back sheet (b) which can be used in the 4th-4th invention. Fig. 41 is a schematic view showing a state in which a susceptor is attached to the succeeding sheet (b). Fig. 42 is a schematic view showing a state in which the semiconductor wafer is fixed to the susceptor by using the bonding sheets (a) and (b).

步驟(A) Step (A)

步驟(A)中,於接著片(a)13上貼附半導體晶圓44(圖39)。 In the step (A), the semiconductor wafer 44 is attached to the succeeding sheet (a) 13 (Fig. 39).

首先,對接著片(a)13進行說明。如圖38所示,接著片(a)13係於一面具有基材12,於另一面具有隔片14。作為接著片(a)13,可較佳地使用第2本發明中所說明之接著片(a)13。 First, the succeeding sheet (a) 13 will be described. As shown in Fig. 38, the succeeding sheet (a) 13 has a substrate 12 on one side and a separator 14 on the other side. As the adhesive sheet (a) 13, the adhesive sheet (a) 13 described in the second invention can be preferably used.

半導體晶圓44係與半導體晶圓41相同。 The semiconductor wafer 44 is the same as the semiconductor wafer 41.

步驟A中,將隔片14剝離而於接著片(a)13上貼附半導體晶圓44。 In the step A, the spacer 14 is peeled off and the semiconductor wafer 44 is attached to the succeeding sheet (a) 13.

貼附方法並無特別限定,例如可列舉於23~250℃、0.01~10MPa下貼附之方法。 The attachment method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of attaching at 23 to 250 ° C and 0.01 to 10 MPa.

再者,於接著片(a)13之面積大於半導體晶圓44之面積之情形時,只要視需要於貼附前或貼附後切割接著片(a)13即可。 Further, in the case where the area of the bonding sheet (a) 13 is larger than the area of the semiconductor wafer 44, the bonding sheet (a) 13 may be cut before or after attaching as needed.

步驟(B) Step (B)

步驟(B)中,於接著片(b)23上貼附基座34(圖41)。 In the step (B), the susceptor 34 (Fig. 41) is attached to the succeeding sheet (b) 23.

如圖40所示,接著片(b)23係於一面具有基材22且於另一面具有隔片24。作為接著片(b)23,可較佳地使用第2本發明中所說明之接著 片(b)23。 As shown in FIG. 40, the succeeding sheet (b) 23 has a substrate 22 on one side and a separator 24 on the other side. As the succeeding sheet (b) 23, the second embodiment of the present invention can be preferably used. Sheet (b) 23.

基座34係與基座31相同。 The base 34 is identical to the base 31.

步驟B中,將隔片24剝離而於接著片(b)23上貼附基座34。 In the step B, the spacer 24 is peeled off and the susceptor 34 is attached to the adhesive sheet (b) 23.

貼附方法並無特別限定,例如可列舉於23~250℃、0.01~10MPa下貼附之方法。 The attachment method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of attaching at 23 to 250 ° C and 0.01 to 10 MPa.

再者,於接著片(b)23之面積大於基座34之面積之情形時,只要視需要於貼附前或貼附後切割接著片(b)23即可。 Further, in the case where the area of the succeeding sheet (b) 23 is larger than the area of the susceptor 34, it is only necessary to cut the succeeding sheet (b) 23 before or after attaching as needed.

步驟(C) Step (C)

步驟(C)中,將由步驟(A)所獲得之附有接著片(a)13之半導體晶圓44之接著片(a)13、及由步驟(B)所獲得之附有接著片(b)23之基座34之接著片(b)23貼合。藉此,獲得依序積層有基座34、接著片(b)23、接著片(a)13及半導體晶圓44之積層體(圖42)。 In the step (C), the adhesive sheet (a) 13 of the semiconductor wafer 44 with the adhesive sheet (a) 13 obtained by the step (A), and the adhesive sheet (b) obtained by the step (B) The bottom piece (b) 23 of the pedestal 34 of 23 is attached. Thereby, a laminated body in which the susceptor 34, the succeeding sheet (b) 23, the succeeding sheet (a) 13, and the semiconductor wafer 44 are laminated in this order is obtained (FIG. 42).

貼合方法並無特別限定。貼合後,視需要對接著片(a)13及接著片(b)23進行醯亞胺化。藉此,可將半導體晶圓44良好地固定於基座34上。醯亞胺化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行, 例如可於150~500℃、0.5~5小時之條件下進行醯亞胺化。再者,亦可對接著片(a)13及接著片(b)23中之僅一者進行醯亞胺化。 The bonding method is not particularly limited. After the bonding, the succeeding sheet (a) 13 and the succeeding sheet (b) 23 are subjected to oxime imidization as needed. Thereby, the semiconductor wafer 44 can be well fixed to the susceptor 34. The ruthenium imidization can be carried out by a previously known method. For example, the ruthenium imidization can be carried out at 150 to 500 ° C for 0.5 to 5 hours. Further, only one of the succeeding sheet (a) 13 and the succeeding sheet (b) 23 may be imidized.

又,貼合後,視需要亦可對接著片(a)13及接著片(b)23進行熱硬化。於使用聚矽氧樹脂作為接著片(a)13及接著片(b)23之情形時,可藉由熱硬化而將半導體晶圓44良好地固定於基座34上。再者,亦可對接著片(a)13及接著片(b)23中之僅一者進行熱硬化。 Further, after bonding, the adhesive sheet (a) 13 and the succeeding sheet (b) 23 may be thermally cured as needed. When a polyoxyxylene resin is used as the adhesive sheet (a) 13 and the adhesive sheet (b) 23, the semiconductor wafer 44 can be favorably fixed to the susceptor 34 by thermal curing. Further, only one of the succeeding sheet (a) 13 and the succeeding sheet (b) 23 may be thermally cured.

可對由步驟(C)固定於基座34上之半導體晶圓44進行背面研磨。背面研磨可藉由先前公知之方法而進行。 The semiconductor wafer 44 fixed to the susceptor 34 by the step (C) may be back-polished. Back grinding can be carried out by a previously known method.

經背面研磨之半導體晶圓之厚度例如為1~300μm,較佳為5~100μm。 The thickness of the back-grinded semiconductor wafer is, for example, 1 to 300 μm, preferably 5 to 100 μm.

背面研磨後,可對半導體晶圓44之非電路形成面(經背面研磨之 面)進行加工。作為加工方法,可列舉電極形成、金屬配線形成、保護膜形成等。再者,亦可藉由該加工而形成矽貫通電極。 After back grinding, the non-circuit forming surface of the semiconductor wafer 44 can be formed (back-grinded) Processing). Examples of the processing method include electrode formation, metal wiring formation, and formation of a protective film. Further, a tantalum penetration electrode can be formed by the processing.

步驟(D) Step (D)

對半導體晶圓44實施背面研磨或加工等所需之處理後,於接著片(a)13與接著片(b)23之邊界切出切口而將接著片(a)13與接著片(b)23分離。圖43係表示於接著片(a)13與接著片(b)23之邊界切出切口104之情況之模式圖。 After performing the necessary processing such as back grinding or processing on the semiconductor wafer 44, a slit is cut at the boundary between the sheet (a) 13 and the sheet (b) 23 to bond the sheet (a) 13 and the sheet (b). 23 separation. Fig. 43 is a schematic view showing a state in which the slit 104 is cut at the boundary between the sheet (a) 13 and the sheet (b) 23.

切口方法並無特別限定,可利用切割機或雷射等先前公知之方法切出切口。切口深度並無特別限定,通常為0.1~10mm。 The slitting method is not particularly limited, and the slit can be cut by a previously known method such as a cutter or a laser. The depth of the slit is not particularly limited and is usually 0.1 to 10 mm.

由於接著片(b)23之接著力低於接著片(a)13,故而可視需要藉由施加外力而以切口104作為起點將接著片(a)13與接著片(b)23容易地分離。 Since the adhesion force of the succeeding sheet (b) 23 is lower than that of the succeeding sheet (a) 13, it is possible to easily separate the succeeding sheet (a) 13 and the succeeding sheet (b) 23 by using the slit 104 as a starting point by applying an external force.

以上之說明中,對接著片(b)23之接著力低於上述接著片(a)13之情形進行了說明。但是,並不限定於此,接著片(b)23之接著力亦可高於接著片(a)13。 In the above description, the case where the adhesion force of the succeeding sheet (b) 23 is lower than the above-described succeeding sheet (a) 13 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the adhesion of the sheet (b) 23 may be higher than that of the sheet (a) 13.

於該情形時,作為接著片(b)23之接著力及接著片(a)13之接著力,可採用第2本發明中所說明之值。 In this case, the value described in the second aspect of the invention can be used as the adhesion of the succeeding sheet (b) 23 and the adhesion of the succeeding sheet (a) 13.

又,以上之說明中,對接著片(a)13具有基材12及隔片14之情形進行了說明。但是,並不限定於此,接著片(a)13亦可具有隔片14,亦可具有基材12。接著片(b)23亦同樣,接著片(b)23亦可不具有隔片24,亦可不具有基材22。 Moreover, in the above description, the case where the back sheet (a) 13 has the base material 12 and the spacer 14 has been described. However, the sheet (a) 13 may have the separator 14 or may have the substrate 12 . Similarly, the sheet (b) 23 is the same, and the sheet (b) 23 may not have the separator 24 or may have the substrate 22.

[第4-5本發明] [The 4th-5th invention]

第4-5本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:於暫時固定用片材之一面貼附半導體晶圓之步驟(I);於上述暫時固定用片材之另一面貼附具有斜面部的基座之步驟(II);於上述暫時固定用片材與上述基座之上述斜面部之間形成接著力高於上述暫時固定片材之暫時固定用接 著劑層而將上述暫時固定用片材固定於上述基座上之步驟(III);以及上述步驟(I)~(III)之後,於上述暫時固定用片材上切出切口而將上述基座自上述暫時固定用片材分離之步驟(IV)。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention, comprising: a step (I) of attaching a semiconductor wafer to one side of a temporary fixing sheet; and attaching a base having a sloped surface to the other surface of the temporary fixing sheet Step (II) of forming a temporary fixing connection between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the base, which is higher than the temporary fixing sheet; a step (III) of fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the susceptor, and after the steps (I) to (III), cutting the slit on the temporary fixing sheet to form the base The step (IV) of separating the sheet for temporary fixing is carried out.

步驟(I)~(III)之順序並無特別限定。例如可列舉:步驟(I)、步驟(II)及步驟(III)之順序;步驟(II)、步驟(I)及步驟(III)之順序;步驟(I)、步驟(III)及步驟(II)之順序;步驟(II)、步驟(III)及步驟(I)之順序等。其中,較佳為步驟(I)、步驟(II)及步驟(III)之順序,其原因在於,暫時固定用接著劑層容易形成,暫時固定用接著劑層溢出之可能性或暫時固定用形成必要量以上之接著劑層之可能性較低。 The order of the steps (I) to (III) is not particularly limited. For example, the order of the step (I), the step (II) and the step (III); the order of the step (II), the step (I) and the step (III); the step (I), the step (III) and the step ( The order of II); the order of step (II), step (III) and step (I), and the like. Among them, the order of the step (I), the step (II), and the step (III) is preferred because the temporary fixing adhesive layer is easily formed, and the temporary fixing adhesive layer may overflow or be temporarily fixed. It is less likely that the necessary amount of the adhesive layer is above.

圖44係暫時固定用片材之剖面圖。圖45係表示於暫時固定用片材上貼附半導體晶圓之情況之圖。圖46係表示於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成暫時固定用接著劑層的情況之圖。 Figure 44 is a cross-sectional view showing a sheet for temporary fixing. Fig. 45 is a view showing a state in which a semiconductor wafer is attached to a sheet for temporary fixing. Fig. 46 is a view showing a state in which a temporary fixing adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor.

步驟(I) Step (I)

步驟(I)中,於暫時固定用片材81之一面貼附半導體晶圓45(圖45)。 In the step (I), the semiconductor wafer 45 is attached to one surface of the temporary fixing sheet 81 (Fig. 45).

於暫時固定用片材81上貼附半導體晶圓45之方法並無特別限定,較佳為於暫時固定用片材81上貼附半導體晶圓45之電路形成面。 The method of attaching the semiconductor wafer 45 to the temporary fixing sheet 81 is not particularly limited, and it is preferable to attach the circuit forming surface of the semiconductor wafer 45 to the temporary fixing sheet 81.

貼附方法並無特別限定,例如可列舉於23~250℃、0.01~10MPa下貼附之方法。 The attachment method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of attaching at 23 to 250 ° C and 0.01 to 10 MPa.

貼附後,視需要對暫時固定用片材81進行醯亞胺化。藉此,可將暫時固定用片材81及半導體晶圓45良好地接著。醯亞胺化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行,例如可於150~500℃、0.5~5小時之條件下進行醯亞胺化。 After the attachment, the temporary fixing sheet 81 is imidized as needed. Thereby, the temporary fixing sheet 81 and the semiconductor wafer 45 can be satisfactorily joined. The ruthenium imidization can be carried out by a conventionally known method, for example, ruthenium imidation can be carried out at 150 to 500 ° C for 0.5 to 5 hours.

貼附後,視需要亦可對暫時固定用片材81進行熱硬化。藉此,可將暫時固定用片材81及半導體晶圓45良好地接著。熱硬化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行,例如可於100~350℃(較佳為150~350℃)、0.1 ~5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行熱硬化。 After the attachment, the temporary fixing sheet 81 may be thermally cured as needed. Thereby, the temporary fixing sheet 81 and the semiconductor wafer 45 can be satisfactorily joined. Thermal hardening can be carried out by a previously known method, for example, at 100 to 350 ° C (preferably 150 to 350 ° C), 0.1 Thermal hardening was carried out under conditions of ~5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere.

作為暫時固定用片材81,可較佳地使用第3本發明中所說明之暫時固定用片材81。 As the temporary fixing sheet 81, the temporary fixing sheet 81 described in the third aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

半導體晶圓45係與半導體晶圓41相同。 The semiconductor wafer 45 is the same as the semiconductor wafer 41.

步驟(II) Step (II)

步驟(II)中,於暫時固定用片材81之另一面貼附具有斜面部之基座35。 In the step (II), the base 35 having the inclined surface portion is attached to the other surface of the temporary fixing sheet 81.

貼附方法並無特別限定,較佳為利用輥式層壓或真空加壓進行貼附。貼附條件並無特別限定,例如可於23~250℃、0.01~10MPa下進行貼附。 The attachment method is not particularly limited, and it is preferably attached by roll lamination or vacuum pressurization. The attachment conditions are not particularly limited, and for example, they can be attached at 23 to 250 ° C and 0.01 to 10 MPa.

於基座35之周緣部,形成有自基座35之上表面及下表面向側面(外側)傾斜之傾斜面。形成有此種傾斜面之周緣部為斜面部。 An inclined surface that is inclined from the upper surface of the base 35 and the lower surface toward the side surface (outer side) is formed at a peripheral portion of the base 35. The peripheral portion where such an inclined surface is formed is a slope portion.

基座35只要具有斜面部,則並無特別限定,可較佳地使用第3本發明中所說明之基座1。 The susceptor 35 is not particularly limited as long as it has a sloped surface, and the susceptor 1 described in the third aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

步驟(III) Step (III)

步驟(III)中,於暫時固定用片材81與基座35之斜面部之間形成接著力高於暫時固定片材81之暫時固定用接著劑層80而將暫時固定用片材81固定於基座35上(圖46)。 In the step (III), the temporary fixing adhesive layer 80 is formed between the temporary fixing sheet 81 and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor 35 with the adhesive force higher than the temporary fixing sheet 81, and the temporary fixing sheet 81 is fixed to the temporary fixing sheet 81. On the base 35 (Fig. 46).

具體而言,於暫時固定用片材81與基座35之斜面部之間塗佈液狀接著劑組合物並進行乾燥等,藉此形成暫時固定用接著劑層80而將暫時固定用片材81固定於基座35上。 Specifically, a liquid adhesive composition is applied between the temporary fixing sheet 81 and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor 35, and dried, etc., thereby forming the temporary fixing adhesive layer 80 and temporarily fixing the sheet. 81 is fixed to the base 35.

作為暫時固定用接著劑層80,可較佳地使用第3本發明中所說明之接著劑層80。 As the temporary fixing adhesive layer 80, the adhesive layer 80 described in the third aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

圖47之(a)係表示於暫時固定用片材81與基座35之斜面部之間形成暫時固定用接著劑層80的情況之圖。圖47之(b)係斜面部周邊之放大圖。 (a) of FIG. 47 is a view showing a state in which the temporary fixing adhesive layer 80 is formed between the temporary fixing sheet 81 and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor 35. Fig. 47 (b) is an enlarged view of the periphery of the inclined surface.

如圖47(b)所示,暫時固定用片材81之端部較佳為較基座35之端部更內側且較基座35之斜面部之傾斜起始位置更接近外側。具體而言,若將基座35之端部與暫時固定用片材81之端部於橫向方向(基座35之面的水平方向)之距離設為D1,將基座35之端部與基座35之斜面部之傾斜起始位置於橫向方向之距離設為D2,則D1較佳為大於D2之十分之一、即(D2)/10。若D1大於D2之十分之一,則可防止暫時固定用片材81與其他構件(例如用於搬送之卡匣)接觸並捲起。 As shown in Fig. 47 (b), the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 81 is preferably located further inside than the end portion of the base 35 and closer to the outer side than the inclined starting position of the inclined surface portion of the base 35. Specifically, when the distance between the end portion of the susceptor 35 and the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 81 in the lateral direction (horizontal direction of the surface of the susceptor 35) is D1, the end portion of the susceptor 35 and the base are used. The distance from the slanting start position of the slanting face of the seat 35 to the lateral direction is set to D2, and D1 is preferably greater than one tenth of D2, that is, (D2)/10. If D1 is larger than one tenth of D2, the temporary fixing sheet 81 can be prevented from coming into contact with other members (for example, a cassette for transporting) and rolled up.

另一方面,D1較佳為小於D2之三分之二、即(D2)×(2/3)。若D1小於D2之三分之二,則可在一定程度上確保由接著劑層80所產生之接著部分之面積,接著可靠性優異。 On the other hand, D1 is preferably less than two-thirds of D2, that is, (D2) × (2/3). If D1 is less than two-thirds of D2, the area of the succeeding portion produced by the adhesive layer 80 can be ensured to some extent, and then the reliability is excellent.

再者,D2通常為0.1~0.4mm。 Furthermore, D2 is usually 0.1 to 0.4 mm.

圖48之(a)係表示於暫時固定用片材與基座之斜面部之間形成暫時固定用接著劑層的情況之圖。圖48之(b)係半導體晶圓之斜面部周邊之放大圖。如圖48(b)所示,暫時固定用片材81之端部較佳為較半導體晶圓45之端部更內側且較半導體晶圓45之斜面部之傾斜起始位置更接近外側。 Fig. 48 (a) is a view showing a state in which a temporary fixing adhesive layer is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor. (b) of FIG. 48 is an enlarged view of the periphery of the slope portion of the semiconductor wafer. As shown in Fig. 48 (b), the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 81 is preferably located further inside than the end portion of the semiconductor wafer 45 and closer to the outer side than the inclined starting position of the slope portion of the semiconductor wafer 45.

具體而言,若將半導體晶圓45之端部與暫時固定用片材81之端部於橫向方向(半導體晶圓45之面的水平方向)之距離設為D3,將半導體晶圓45之端部與半導體晶圓45之斜面部之傾斜起始位置於橫向方向之距離設為D4,則D3較佳為大於D4之十分之一、即(D4)/10。若D3大於D4之十分之一,則可防止暫時固定用片材81與其他構件(例如用於搬送之卡匣)接觸並捲起。 Specifically, when the distance between the end portion of the semiconductor wafer 45 and the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 81 in the lateral direction (the horizontal direction of the surface of the semiconductor wafer 45) is D3, the end of the semiconductor wafer 45 is used. The distance between the inclined portion and the inclined starting position of the semiconductor wafer 45 in the lateral direction is D4, and D3 is preferably greater than one tenth of D4, that is, (D4)/10. If D3 is larger than one tenth of D4, the temporary fixing sheet 81 can be prevented from coming into contact with other members (for example, a cassette for transporting) and rolled up.

另一方面,D3較佳為小於D4之三分之二、即(D4)×(2/3)。若D3小於D4之三分之二,則可在一定程度上確保由接著劑層80所產生之接著部分之面積,接著可靠性優異。 On the other hand, D3 is preferably less than two-thirds of D4, that is, (D4) × (2/3). If D3 is less than two-thirds of D4, the area of the succeeding portion produced by the adhesive layer 80 can be ensured to some extent, and then the reliability is excellent.

再者,D4通常為0.1~0.4mm。 Furthermore, D4 is usually 0.1 to 0.4 mm.

其他步驟 Other steps

較佳為對於由步驟(I)~(III)固定於基座35上之半導體晶圓45進行背面研磨。背面研磨可藉由先前公知之方法而進行。 Preferably, the semiconductor wafer 45 fixed to the susceptor 35 by the steps (I) to (III) is back-polished. Back grinding can be carried out by a previously known method.

經背面研磨之半導體晶圓之厚度例如為1~300μm,較佳為5~100μm。 The thickness of the back-grinded semiconductor wafer is, for example, 1 to 300 μm, preferably 5 to 100 μm.

背面研磨後,可對半導體晶圓45之非電路形成面(經背面研磨之面)進行加工。作為加工方法,可列舉電極形成、金屬配線形成、保護膜形成等。再者,亦可藉由該加工而形成矽貫通電極。 After the back surface polishing, the non-circuit forming surface (surface back-polished) of the semiconductor wafer 45 can be processed. Examples of the processing method include electrode formation, metal wiring formation, and formation of a protective film. Further, a tantalum penetration electrode can be formed by the processing.

步驟(IV) Step (IV)

對半導體晶圓45實施背面研磨或加工等所需之處理後,於暫時固定用片材81上切出切口而將基座35自暫時固定用片材81分離。 After the semiconductor wafer 45 is subjected to a process such as back grinding or processing, a slit is cut into the temporary fixing sheet 81 to separate the susceptor 35 from the temporary fixing sheet 81.

圖49係表示於暫時固定用片材81上切出切口105之情況之圖。如圖49所示,較佳為於暫時固定用片材81上切出切口105直至到達基座35為止,更佳為於暫時固定用片材81上切出切口105直至到達基座35之斜面部為止。切口方法並無特別限定,可利用切割機或雷射等先前公知之方法切出切口。 Fig. 49 is a view showing a state in which the slit 105 is cut out on the temporary fixing sheet 81. As shown in Fig. 49, it is preferable that the slit 105 is cut out from the temporary fixing sheet 81 until reaching the susceptor 35, and it is more preferable to cut the slit 105 on the temporary fixing sheet 81 until reaching the slope of the susceptor 35. Until now. The slitting method is not particularly limited, and the slit can be cut by a previously known method such as a cutter or a laser.

以上之說明中,作為暫時固定用片材之形狀,對剖面為矩形之情形進行了說明。但是,暫時固定用片材之形狀並無特別限定。例如亦可為如圖50所示般於暫時固定用片材之周緣部設置有凹部者等。 In the above description, the shape of the temporary fixing sheet has been described as a case where the cross section is rectangular. However, the shape of the sheet for temporary fixing is not particularly limited. For example, as shown in FIG. 50, a recess may be provided in the peripheral portion of the temporary fixing sheet.

如上所述,步驟(I)~(III)之順序並無特別限定。例如可於步驟(II)之前進行步驟(III)。於該情形時,只要於暫時固定用片材之周緣部(與斜面部對應之部分)預先設置作為片狀物之暫時固定用接著劑層,以暫時固定用接著劑層接著於斜面部之方式於暫時固定用片材上貼附基座即可。 As described above, the order of the steps (I) to (III) is not particularly limited. For example, step (III) can be carried out before step (II). In this case, the peripheral portion of the temporary fixing sheet (the portion corresponding to the inclined surface portion) is provided with a temporary fixing adhesive layer as a sheet to temporarily fix the adhesive layer to the inclined surface. The susceptor can be attached to the temporary fixing sheet.

<<第5本發明>> <<The fifth invention>>

以下,關於第5本發明,對與第1本發明不同之方面進行說明。 Hereinafter, the fifth invention will be described with respect to differences from the first invention.

第5本發明之目的在於提供一種半導體裝置製造用接著片,可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上並且可將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。又,其目的在於提供一種使用該半導體裝置製造用接著片之半導體裝置之製造方法。 According to a fifth aspect of the invention, there is provided an adhesive sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device, which can securely fix a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor and can easily separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer. Moreover, it is an object of the invention to provide a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device using the semiconductor device.

[接著片] [Next film]

第5本發明之半導體裝置製造用接著片係具有第1接著劑層、及以具有大量貫通孔之構造體及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架之第2層,上述第2層之接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之接著力。 The succeeding film for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the fifth aspect of the present invention includes a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a structure having a large number of through holes and/or a nonwoven structure as a skeleton, and the second layer has a low adhesion force The adhesion force to the first adhesive layer.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第5本發明之接著片進行說明。 Hereinafter, the back sheet of the fifth invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

[實施形態1] [Embodiment 1]

圖51係實施形態1之接著片5之剖面圖。如圖51所示,接著片5係周邊部54由第1接著劑層50形成,且較周邊部54更內側之中央部53由第1接著劑層50與以具有大量貫通孔之構造體及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架之第2層51之積層形成。即,接著片5具有第2層51、及以覆蓋第2層51之上表面及側面之態樣積層於第2層51上之第1接著劑層50。第2層51之接著力低於第1接著劑層50之接著力。 Figure 51 is a cross-sectional view showing a sheet 5 of the first embodiment. As shown in FIG. 51, the succeeding sheet 5 is formed by the first adhesive layer 50, and the central portion 53 further inside the peripheral portion 54 is composed of the first adhesive layer 50 and a structure having a large number of through holes. The non-woven fabric structure is formed as a laminate of the second layer 51 of the skeleton. That is, the succeeding sheet 5 has the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 laminated on the second layer 51 in a state of covering the upper surface and the side surface of the second layer 51. The adhesion of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50.

可利用僅包含第1接著劑層50之面牢固地固定半導體晶圓或基座。可利用具有第1接著劑層50及第2層51之面良好地固定半導體晶圓或基座。 The semiconductor wafer or the susceptor can be firmly fixed by the surface including only the first adhesive layer 50. The semiconductor wafer or the susceptor can be favorably fixed by the surface having the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51.

接著片5係具有接著力較低之第2層51,故而例如藉由切割第1接著劑層50、或降低接著力,而可利用外力將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。接著片5係使第1接著劑層50形成於周邊部54,故而容易切割第1接著劑層50、或降低第1接著劑層50之接著力,而可容易地進行分離。 Then, the sheet 5 has the second layer 51 having a lower adhesion force. Therefore, the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer by an external force by, for example, cutting the first adhesive layer 50 or lowering the adhesion force. In the sheet 5, since the first adhesive layer 50 is formed on the peripheral portion 54, the first adhesive layer 50 can be easily cut or the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 can be lowered, and the separation can be easily performed.

接著片5之厚度並無特別限定,例如為10μm以上,較佳為50μm以上。若為10μm以上,則可追隨半導體晶圓表面之凹凸,而可無間 隙地填充接著片。又,接著片5之厚度例如為500μm以下,較佳為300μm以下。若為500μm以下,則可抑制或防止厚度之不均或加熱時之收縮˙膨脹。 The thickness of the sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 10 μm or more, and preferably 50 μm or more. If it is 10 μm or more, it can follow the unevenness of the surface of the semiconductor wafer, and it can be seamless. Fill the pad with a gap. Further, the thickness of the succeeding sheet 5 is, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less. When it is 500 μm or less, uneven thickness or shrinkage enthalpy during heating can be suppressed or prevented.

中央部53之第1接著劑層50之厚度可適當設定,較佳為0.1μm以上,更佳為0.5μm以上,進而較佳為1μm以上。又,該厚度較佳為300μm以下,更佳為200μm以下。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 50 of the central portion 53 can be appropriately set, and is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and still more preferably 1 μm or more. Further, the thickness is preferably 300 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less.

又,中央部53之第2層51之厚度可適當設定。 Further, the thickness of the second layer 51 of the central portion 53 can be appropriately set.

圖52係實施形態1之接著片5之俯視圖。如圖52所示,接著片5於俯視時之形狀為圓形。 Figure 52 is a plan view showing the back sheet 5 of the first embodiment. As shown in Fig. 52, the shape of the succeeding sheet 5 in a plan view is circular.

接著片5之直徑並無特別限定。例如,相對於基座之直徑,接著片5之直徑較佳為+1.0~-1.0mm。 The diameter of the sheet 5 is not particularly limited. For example, the diameter of the sheet 5 is preferably +1.0 to -1.0 mm with respect to the diameter of the susceptor.

又,於俯視接著片5時,第2層51之形狀為圓形。相對於俯視接著片5時之接著片5之面積,俯視接著片5時之第2層51之面積較佳為10%以上,更佳為20%以上,進而較佳為50%以上。若為10%以上,則容易切割形成於周邊部54之第1接著劑層50、或者降低接著力,而容易將基座自半導體晶圓分離。又,第2層51之面積較佳為99.95%以下,更佳為99.9%以下。若為99.95%以下,則可將半導體晶圓牢固地固定於基座上。 Further, when the succeeding sheet 5 is viewed in plan, the shape of the second layer 51 is circular. The area of the second layer 51 in the plan view of the sheet 5 is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, and still more preferably 50% or more with respect to the area of the sheet 5 when the sheet 5 is viewed from above. When it is 10% or more, it is easy to cut the first adhesive layer 50 formed on the peripheral portion 54, or to lower the adhesion, and it is easy to separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer. Further, the area of the second layer 51 is preferably 99.95% or less, more preferably 99.9% or less. If it is 99.95% or less, the semiconductor wafer can be firmly fixed to the susceptor.

關於第1接著劑層50之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。若為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓良好地保持於基座上,而可良好地進行背面研磨等。又,該90°撕除剝離力之上限並無特別限定,越大越好,例如為30N/20mm以下,較佳為20N/20mm以下。 The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40, for the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min. N/20mm or more. When it is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably held on the susceptor, and back surface polishing or the like can be favorably performed. Further, the upper limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, preferably 20 N/20 mm or less.

作為構成第1接著劑層50之接著劑組合物,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂。其中,就耐熱性、抗藥 性、糊劑殘留性方面而言,較佳為聚醯亞胺樹脂。 As the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50, the polyimide resin or the polyoxynoxy resin described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used. Among them, heat resistance and drug resistance In terms of properties and paste residue, a polyimide resin is preferred.

第2層51係將具有大量貫通孔56之構造體57及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架。圖53係具有大量貫通孔56之構造體57之俯視圖。如圖53所示,貫通孔56於構造體57之厚度方向(亦可稱為接著片5之厚度方向)貫通。 The second layer 51 has a structure 57 and/or a non-woven structure having a large number of through holes 56 as a skeleton. 53 is a plan view of a structure 57 having a large number of through holes 56. As shown in FIG. 53, the through hole 56 penetrates in the thickness direction of the structure 57 (may also be referred to as the thickness direction of the back sheet 5).

藉由調整具有大量貫通孔56之構造體57之開孔率,可調整第2層51之接著力。具體而言,於利用後述之接著劑組合物填充貫通孔56之情形時,可藉由增大開孔率而提高接著力,且可藉由減小開口率而降低接著力。 The adhesion of the second layer 51 can be adjusted by adjusting the opening ratio of the structure 57 having a large number of through holes 56. Specifically, when the through hole 56 is filled by the adhesive composition described later, the adhesion can be increased by increasing the opening ratio, and the adhesion can be reduced by reducing the aperture ratio.

構造體57之開孔率較佳為5%以上,更佳為8%以上,進而較佳為10%以上。若為5%以上,則填充於貫通孔56中之接著劑組合物可到達被接著體,而可調整第2層51之接著力。 The opening ratio of the structure 57 is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 8% or more, still more preferably 10% or more. When it is 5% or more, the adhesive composition filled in the through-hole 56 can reach the to-be-attached body, and the adhesive force of the 2nd layer 51 can be adjusted.

又,開孔率較佳為98%以下,更佳為95%以下,進而較佳為90%以下。若為98%以下,則即便於將與第1接著劑層50相同之接著劑組合物填充於貫通孔56中之情形時,與第1接著劑層50相比亦可降低第2層51之接著力。 Further, the opening ratio is preferably 98% or less, more preferably 95% or less, still more preferably 90% or less. When it is 98% or less, even if the same adhesive composition as the first adhesive layer 50 is filled in the through hole 56, the second layer 51 can be lowered as compared with the first adhesive layer 50. Then force.

構造體57中,貫通孔56之形狀(俯視接著片5時之貫通孔56之形狀)並無特別限定,例如可列舉圓形、橢圓形、多角形等。貫通孔56之形狀可全部相同,亦可不同。 In the structure 57, the shape of the through hole 56 (the shape of the through hole 56 when the sheet 5 is viewed in plan view) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a circular shape, an elliptical shape, and a polygonal shape. The shapes of the through holes 56 may all be the same or different.

俯視接著片5時,一個貫通孔56之大小(面積)較佳為70μm2以上,更佳為100μm2以上。又,較佳為20mm2以下,更佳為7mm2以下。再者,貫通孔56之大小可全部相同,亦可不同。 When the sheet 5 is viewed in plan, the size (area) of one through hole 56 is preferably 70 μm 2 or more, and more preferably 100 μm 2 or more. Further, it is preferably 20 mm 2 or less, more preferably 7 mm 2 or less. Furthermore, the size of the through holes 56 may be the same or different.

具有大量貫通孔56之構造體57及不織布狀構造體之材料並無特別限定。例如可列舉:低密度聚乙烯、直鏈狀聚乙烯、中密度聚乙烯、高密度聚乙烯、超低密度聚乙烯、無規共聚聚丙烯、嵌段共聚聚丙烯、均聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚甲基戊烯等聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯 共聚物、離子聚合物樹脂、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯(無規、交替)共聚物、乙烯-丁烯共聚物、乙烯-己烯共聚物、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯;聚碳酸酯、聚醯亞胺、聚醚醚酮、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醚醯亞胺、聚醯胺、全芳香族聚醯胺、聚苯硫醚、芳族聚醯胺(紙)、玻璃、玻璃布、氟樹脂、聚氯乙烯、聚偏二氯乙烯、纖維素系樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、紙等。又,可列舉鐵、銅、鎳、鎢、鋁、金、銀、銅、黃銅、紅黃銅、磷青銅、鎳鉻合金、鎳銅合金、青銅、不鏽鋼(SUS)等金屬材料。該等可單獨使用,亦可併用2種以上。其中,於為具有大量貫通孔56之構造體57之情形時,就耐熱性方面而言,較佳為金屬材料、上述聚醯亞胺樹脂、上述聚矽氧樹脂,更佳為SUS、鋁。於為不織布狀構造體之情形時,就耐熱性、污染性方面而言,較佳為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂、上述聚矽氧樹脂、金屬材料。 The material of the structure 57 and the nonwoven fabric structure having a large number of through holes 56 is not particularly limited. For example, low density polyethylene, linear polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, high density polyethylene, ultra low density polyethylene, random copolymer polypropylene, block copolymer polypropylene, homopolypropylene, polybutene Polyolefin such as polymethylpentene; ethylene-vinyl acetate Copolymer, ionic polymer resin, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate (random, alternating) copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, ethylene-hexene copolymer, poly Polyesters such as urethane, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate; polycarbonate, polyimide, polyether ether ketone, polyimine resin, polyether phthalate Amine, polyamine, wholly aromatic polyamine, polyphenylene sulfide, aromatic polyamine (paper), glass, glass cloth, fluororesin, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, cellulose resin, Polyoxygen resin, paper, etc. Further, metal materials such as iron, copper, nickel, tungsten, aluminum, gold, silver, copper, brass, red brass, phosphor bronze, nickel-chromium alloy, nickel-copper alloy, bronze, and stainless steel (SUS) may be mentioned. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case of the structure 57 having a large number of through holes 56, in terms of heat resistance, a metal material, the above polyimine resin, and the above polyoxyxylene resin are preferable, and SUS or aluminum is more preferable. In the case of a non-woven structure, the polyimine resin, the polyoxymethylene resin, and the metal material are preferable in terms of heat resistance and contamination.

具有大量貫通孔56之構造體57及不織布狀構造體之接著力越低越好,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下,進而較佳為0.10N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可容易地剝離第2層51。該90°撕除剝離力之下限例如為0N/20mm以上,為0.001N/20mm以上。 The lower the bonding force of the structure 57 and the non-woven structure having a large number of through holes 56, the better, for example, the temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C, the peeling speed of 300 mm / min, the 90 ° peeling peeling force for the silicon wafer is better. It is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less, further preferably 0.10 N/20 mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled off. The lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more and 0.001 N/20 mm or more.

再者,於具有大量貫通孔56之構造體57及不織布狀構造體為藉由進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,上述90°撕除剝離力係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。具體而言,可利用實施例中所記載之方法進行測定。 Further, in the case where the structure 57 and the nonwoven fabric structure having a large number of through holes 56 are subjected to yttrium imidization or thermal hardening, the above 90° peeling peeling force means fixing to twin crystals. The peeling force is peeled off at 90° in the state of the circle (for example, after hydrazine imidization or after heat hardening). Specifically, the measurement can be carried out by the method described in the examples.

貫通孔56及不織布狀構造體之多個孔可藉由接著劑組合物進行填充,亦可不填充。就藉由控制構造體57之開口率或不織布狀構造體之密度等而可容易地形成低接著力之第2層方面而言,較佳為進行填 充。 The through holes 56 and the plurality of holes of the nonwoven fabric structure may be filled with the adhesive composition or may not be filled. The second layer in which the low adhesion force can be easily formed by controlling the aperture ratio of the structure 57 or the density of the non-woven structure, etc., is preferably performed. Charge.

作為填充貫通孔56或不織布之多個孔之接著劑組合物,並無特別限定,例如可列舉上述聚醯亞胺樹脂、上述聚矽氧樹脂等。 The adhesive composition for filling the through holes 56 or the plurality of holes of the nonwoven fabric is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned polyimine resin and the above-mentioned polyoxymethylene resin.

第2層51之接著力低於第1接著劑層50之接著力。關於第2層51之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可容易地剝離第2層51。該90°撕除剝離力之下限越低越好,但較佳為0N/20mm以上,更佳為0.001N/20mm以上,進而較佳為0.01N/20mm以上,尤佳為0.10N/20mm以上。 The adhesion of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50. Regarding the adhesion force of the second layer 51, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min, the 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer is preferably less than 0.30 N/20 mm, more preferably 0.20 N. /20mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled off. The lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is preferably as low as possible, but is preferably 0 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more, further preferably 0.01 N/20 mm or more, and particularly preferably 0.10 N/20 mm or more. .

第2層51之接著力可藉由構造體57之開口率或不織布狀構造體之密度、填充於貫通孔56或不織布之多個孔中之接著劑組合物之種類、構造體57之材料等而加以調整。 The adhesion of the second layer 51 can be made by the aperture ratio of the structure 57 or the density of the non-woven structure, the type of the adhesive composition filled in the through holes 56 or the plurality of holes of the nonwoven fabric, the material of the structure 57, and the like. And adjust it.

如圖54所示,接著片5亦可為形成有其他層者。圖54係具備第3層55之接著片5之剖面圖。圖54之接著片5遍及周邊部54及中央部53而形成有第3層55。第3層55之接著力低於第1接著劑層50之接著力。 As shown in Fig. 54, the succeeding sheet 5 may be formed with other layers. Fig. 54 is a cross-sectional view showing the back sheet 5 of the third layer 55. The third layer 55 is formed in the succeeding sheet 5 of FIG. 54 over the peripheral portion 54 and the central portion 53. The adhesion of the third layer 55 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50.

於將僅包含第3層55之面貼附於半導體晶圓或基座上之情形時,可將接著片5容易地剝離。又,可消除半導體晶圓或基座上之糊劑殘留,而可省略洗淨步驟。 When the surface including only the third layer 55 is attached to the semiconductor wafer or the susceptor, the adhesive sheet 5 can be easily peeled off. Moreover, the paste residue on the semiconductor wafer or the susceptor can be eliminated, and the cleaning step can be omitted.

第3層55之接著力只要低於第1接著劑層50之接著力,則並無特別限定。例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可無糊劑殘留地剝離,可省略半導體晶圓等之洗淨步驟。又,該90°撕除剝離力之下限並無特別限定,例如為0N/20mm以上,較佳為0.001N/20mm以上。若為0N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓保持於基座上。 The adhesion of the third layer 55 is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50. For example, the 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably less than 0.30 N/20 mm, more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, it can be peeled off without a paste, and the washing step of a semiconductor wafer or the like can be omitted. Further, the lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more, and preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more. If it is 0N/20mm or more, the semiconductor wafer can be held on the susceptor.

作為構成第3層55之材料,只要以第3層55之接著力低於第1接著 劑層50之接著力之方式選擇,則並無特別限定,例如可較佳地使用上述聚醯亞胺樹脂、上述聚矽氧樹脂。其中,就耐熱性、抗藥性、糊劑殘留性之方面而言,較佳為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂。 As the material constituting the third layer 55, the adhesion force of the third layer 55 is lower than the first one. The method of selecting the adhesive force of the agent layer 50 is not particularly limited. For example, the above polyimine resin and the above polyoxyxylene resin can be preferably used. Among them, the above-mentioned polyimine resin is preferred in terms of heat resistance, drug resistance, and paste residue.

接著片5之製造方法並無特別限定。例如可藉由如下方式製造:於具有大量貫通孔56之構造體57及其周圍(構造體57之周圍之區域)塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層50之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充貫通孔56並且於構造體57上及構造體57之周圍形成塗佈層。該方法中,構造體57之周圍所形成之塗佈層成為周邊部54之第1接著劑層50。 The method of manufacturing the sheet 5 is not particularly limited. For example, it can be manufactured by coating a structure 57 having a large number of through holes 56 and its surroundings (a region around the structure 57) with a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50, using the above The solution fills the through hole 56 and forms a coating layer on the structure 57 and around the structure 57. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure 57 becomes the first adhesive layer 50 of the peripheral portion 54.

再者,於第2層51以不織布狀構造體作為骨架之情形時,可藉由如下方式製造:於不織布狀構造體及其周圍塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層50之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充不織布狀構造體之多個孔並且於構造體上及構造體之周圍形成塗佈層。該方法中,構造體之周圍所形成之塗佈層成為周邊部54之第1接著劑層50。 In the case where the second layer 51 has a nonwoven fabric structure as a skeleton, it can be produced by applying a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 to the nonwoven fabric structure and the periphery thereof. The solution fills a plurality of pores of the nonwoven fabric structure with the above solution and forms a coating layer on the structure and around the structure. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure becomes the first adhesive layer 50 of the peripheral portion 54.

塗佈之溶液之黏度可適當設定。塗佈量只要適當設定即可。 The viscosity of the applied solution can be appropriately set. The coating amount may be appropriately set.

[實施形態2] [Embodiment 2]

第5本發明之接著片並不限定於接著片5之形狀。圖55係實施形態2之接著片6之剖面圖。圖56係實施形態2之接著片6之俯視圖。如圖55、56所示,接著片6係周邊部64由第1接著劑層60形成,且較周邊部64更內側之中央部63由以具有大量貫通孔66之構造體作為骨架之第2層61形成。第2層61之接著力低於第1接著劑層60之接著力。 The adhesive sheet of the fifth invention is not limited to the shape of the adhesive sheet 5. Figure 55 is a cross-sectional view showing the back sheet 6 of the second embodiment. Figure 56 is a plan view of the back sheet 6 of the second embodiment. As shown in FIGS. 55 and 56, the succeeding sheet 6 is formed by the first adhesive layer 60, and the central portion 63 which is further inside than the peripheral portion 64 is made of a structure having a large number of through holes 66 as a skeleton. Layer 61 is formed. The adhesion of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60.

再者,第2層61亦可為以不織布狀構造體作為骨架者。 Further, the second layer 61 may be a non-woven fabric structure as a skeleton.

可利用具有第1接著劑層60及第2層61之面良好地固定半導體晶圓或基座。 The semiconductor wafer or the susceptor can be favorably fixed by the surface having the first adhesive layer 60 and the second layer 61.

接著片6由於具有接著力較低之第2層61,故而例如藉由切割第1接著劑層60、或降低接著力,可利用外力將基座自半導體晶圓容易地 分離。接著片6由於使第1接著劑層60形成於周邊部64,故而容易切割第1接著劑層60、或降低第1接著劑層60之接著力,可容易地進行分離。 Then, since the sheet 6 has the second layer 61 having a lower adhesion force, the susceptor can be easily self-sustained from the semiconductor wafer by external force, for example, by cutting the first adhesive layer 60 or lowering the adhesion force. Separation. In the subsequent sheet 6, since the first adhesive layer 60 is formed on the peripheral portion 64, the first adhesive layer 60 can be easily cut or the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60 can be lowered, and the separation can be easily performed.

接著片6之厚度並無特別限定,例如可列舉實施形態1之接著片5中所例示者。 The thickness of the sheet 6 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the sheet 5 of the first embodiment.

如圖56所示,接著片6於俯視時之形狀為圓形。接著片6之直徑並無特別限定,例如可列舉實施形態1之接著片5中所例示者。又,俯視接著片6時之第2層61之面積並無特別限定,例如可列舉實施形態1之接著片5中所例示者。 As shown in Fig. 56, the shape of the succeeding sheet 6 in a plan view is circular. The diameter of the sheet 6 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the sheet 5 of the first embodiment. Moreover, the area of the second layer 61 when the sheet 6 is viewed in plan is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the sheet 5 of the first embodiment.

作為第1接著劑層60之接著力,可列舉第1接著劑層50中所例示者。 The adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 is exemplified as the first adhesive layer 50.

第1接著劑層60之說明係與第1接著劑層50之內容相同。 The description of the first adhesive layer 60 is the same as that of the first adhesive layer 50.

作為第2層61之接著力,可列舉第2層51中所例示者。 The adhesive force of the second layer 61 is exemplified as the second layer 51.

第2層61之說明係與第2層51之內容相同。 The description of the second layer 61 is the same as that of the second layer 51.

接著片6之製造方法並無特別限定。例如可藉由如下方式製造:於具有大量貫通孔66之構造體及其周圍(構造體之周圍之區域)塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層60之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充貫通孔66並且於構造體之周圍形成塗佈層。該方法中,構造體之周圍所形成之塗佈層成為周邊部64之第1接著劑層60。 The method of manufacturing the sheet 6 is not particularly limited. For example, it can be produced by coating a structure having a large number of through holes 66 and its surroundings (a region around the structure) with a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60, and filling with the above solution The through hole 66 is formed and a coating layer is formed around the structure. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure becomes the first adhesive layer 60 of the peripheral portion 64.

再者,於第2層61以不織布狀構造體作為骨架之情形時,可藉由如下方式製造:於不織布狀構造體及其周圍塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層60之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充不織布狀構造體之多個孔並且於構造體之周圍形成塗佈層。該方法中,構造體之周圍所形成之塗佈層成為周邊部64之第1接著劑層60。 In the case where the second layer 61 has a nonwoven fabric structure as a skeleton, it can be produced by applying a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 to the nonwoven fabric structure and its periphery. The solution fills a plurality of pores of the nonwoven fabric structure with the above solution and forms a coating layer around the structure. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure becomes the first adhesive layer 60 of the peripheral portion 64.

塗佈之溶液之黏度可適當設定。塗佈量只要適當設定即可。 The viscosity of the applied solution can be appropriately set. The coating amount may be appropriately set.

[實施形態3] [Embodiment 3]

第5本發明之接著片並不限定於接著片5、6之形狀。圖57係實施形態3之接著片7之剖面圖。如圖57所示,藉由第1接著劑層70、與以具有大量貫通孔之構造體及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架之第2層71的積層而形成接著片7。第2層71之接著力低於第1接著劑層70之接著力。 The succeeding film of the fifth invention is not limited to the shape of the succeeding sheets 5 and 6. Figure 57 is a cross-sectional view showing the back sheet 7 of the third embodiment. As shown in FIG. 57, the back sheet 7 is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 having a structure having a large number of through holes and/or a nonwoven structure as a skeleton. The adhesion of the second layer 71 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70.

接著片7由於具有第1接著劑層70,故而可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上。又,由於具有接著力低於第1接著劑層70之第2層71,故而可藉由外力而將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。例如可列舉於第1接著劑層70與第2層71之邊界切出切口而分離之方法等。 Since the sheet 7 has the first adhesive layer 70, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor. Further, since the second layer 71 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 70 is provided, the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer by an external force. For example, a method of cutting a slit at the boundary between the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 and separating it may be mentioned.

第1接著劑層70之厚度並無特別限定,例如為10μm以上,較佳為50μm以上。若為10μm以上,則可追隨半導體晶圓表面之凹凸,可無間隙地填充接著片7。又,第1接著劑層70之厚度例如為500μm以下,較佳為300μm以下。若為500μm以下,則可抑制或防止厚度之不均或加熱時之收縮˙膨脹。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 70 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 10 μm or more, and preferably 50 μm or more. When it is 10 μm or more, the unevenness on the surface of the semiconductor wafer can be followed, and the adhesive sheet 7 can be filled without any gap. Further, the thickness of the first adhesive layer 70 is, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less. When it is 500 μm or less, uneven thickness or shrinkage enthalpy during heating can be suppressed or prevented.

第2層71之厚度並無特別限定,例如為1μm以上,較佳為5μm以上。若為1μm以上,則與基座之貼合較為容易。又,第2層71之厚度例如為500μm以下,較佳為300μm以下。若為500μm以下,則可抑制或防止厚度之不均或加熱時之收縮˙膨脹。 The thickness of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 1 μm or more, and preferably 5 μm or more. When it is 1 μm or more, it is easy to bond with the susceptor. Further, the thickness of the second layer 71 is, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less. When it is 500 μm or less, uneven thickness or shrinkage enthalpy during heating can be suppressed or prevented.

再者,俯視接著片7時之形狀並無特別限定,通常為圓形。 Further, the shape when the sheet 7 is viewed in plan is not particularly limited, and is generally circular.

作為第1接著劑層70之接著力,可列舉第1接著劑層50中所例示者。 The adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 is exemplified as the first adhesive layer 50.

第1接著劑層70之說明係與第1接著劑層50之內容相同。 The description of the first adhesive layer 70 is the same as that of the first adhesive layer 50.

關於第2層71之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。另一方面,該90°撕除剝離力之下限較佳為0.001 N/20mm以上,更佳為0.005N/20mm以上,進而較佳為0.010N/20mm以上。若為0.001N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上,可良好地進行背面研磨等。 Regarding the adhesion force of the second layer 71, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min, the 90° peeling peeling force for the silicon wafer is preferably less than 0.30 N/20 mm, more preferably 0.20. N/20mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer. On the other hand, the lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is preferably 0.001. N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.005 N/20 mm or more, further preferably 0.010 N/20 mm or more. When it is 0.001 N/20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor, and back surface polishing or the like can be satisfactorily performed.

第2層71之說明係與第2層51之內容相同。 The description of the second layer 71 is the same as that of the second layer 51.

接著片7之製造方法並無特別限定。例如可藉由如下方式製造:於具有大量貫通孔之構造體上塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層70之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充貫通孔並且於構造體上形成塗佈層。 The method of manufacturing the sheet 7 is not particularly limited. For example, it can be manufactured by applying a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 70 to a structure having a large number of through holes, filling the through holes with the above solution, and forming a coating layer on the structure. .

再者,於第2層71以不織布狀構造體作為骨架之情形時,可藉由如下方式製造:於不織布狀構造體上塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層70之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充不織布狀構造體之多個孔並且於構造體上形成塗佈層。 In the case where the second layer 71 has a nonwoven fabric structure as a skeleton, it can be produced by applying a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 70 to the nonwoven fabric structure. A plurality of holes of the nonwoven fabric structure are filled with the above solution and a coating layer is formed on the structure.

塗佈之溶液之黏度可適當設定。塗佈量只要適當設定即可。 The viscosity of the applied solution can be appropriately set. The coating amount may be appropriately set.

以上之說明中,對俯視時之形狀為圓形之接著片5~7進行了說明。但是,該形狀並無特別限定,亦可為多角形、楕圓形等其他形狀。 In the above description, the back sheets 5 to 7 having a circular shape in plan view have been described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be other shapes such as a polygonal shape or a circular shape.

又,對俯視時第2層51、61、71之形狀為圓形之接著片5~7進行了說明。但是,該形狀並無特別限定,亦可為多角形、楕圓形等其他形狀。 Moreover, the back sheets 5 to 7 in which the shapes of the second layers 51, 61, and 71 are circular in plan view have been described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be other shapes such as a polygonal shape or a circular shape.

第5本發明之半導體裝置製造用接著片可用以將半導體晶圓固定於基座上。具體而言,可較佳地用於後述之半導體裝置之製造方法。 The fifth embodiment of the semiconductor device manufacturing of the present invention can be used to fix a semiconductor wafer on a susceptor. Specifically, it can be preferably used in a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device to be described later.

[半導體裝置之製造方法] [Method of Manufacturing Semiconductor Device]

第5本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:使用接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;以及將基座自半導體晶圓分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a fifth aspect of the invention includes the steps of: fixing a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor using a bonding sheet; and separating the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer.

以下之說明中,對使用實施形態1之接著片5之情形進行說明。圖58係表示使用實施形態1之接著片5將半導體晶圓3固定於基座1上之情況之模式圖。 In the following description, the case where the back sheet 5 of the first embodiment is used will be described. Fig. 58 is a schematic view showing a state in which the semiconductor wafer 3 is fixed to the susceptor 1 by using the bonding sheet 5 of the first embodiment.

首先,進行使用接著片5將半導體晶圓3固定於基座1上之步驟。具體而言,將接著片5之第1接著劑層50及第2層51露出之面貼附於基座1上,將僅接著片5之第1接著劑層50露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓3之電路形成面上。 First, a step of fixing the semiconductor wafer 3 to the susceptor 1 using the bonding sheet 5 is performed. Specifically, the surface on which the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 of the adhesive sheet 5 are exposed is attached to the susceptor 1, and the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 of the adhesive sheet 5 is exposed is attached to the semiconductor. The circuit of the wafer 3 is formed on the surface.

作為半導體晶圓3,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之半導體晶圓3。作為基座1,可較佳地使用第1本發明中所說明之基座1。 As the semiconductor wafer 3, the semiconductor wafer 3 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used. As the susceptor 1, the susceptor 1 described in the first aspect of the invention can be preferably used.

貼附(固定)方法並無特別限定,較佳為壓接。壓接通常係一面利用壓接輥等擠壓機構進行擠壓一面進行。作為壓接條件,例如較佳為20~300℃、0.001~10MPa、0.001~10mm/sec。壓接時間通常為0.1~10分鐘。 The attaching (fixing) method is not particularly limited, and is preferably crimping. The crimping is usually performed while being pressed by a pressing mechanism such as a pressure roller. The pressure bonding conditions are, for example, preferably 20 to 300 ° C, 0.001 to 10 MPa, and 0.001 to 10 mm/sec. The crimping time is usually 0.1 to 10 minutes.

壓接後,視需要對第1接著劑層50進行醯亞胺化。藉此,可將半導體晶圓3良好地固定於基座1上。醯亞胺化可藉由先前公知之方法而進行,例如可於150~500℃、0.5~5小時之條件下進行醯亞胺化。 After the pressure bonding, the first adhesive layer 50 is imidized as needed. Thereby, the semiconductor wafer 3 can be well fixed to the susceptor 1. The ruthenium imidization can be carried out by a conventionally known method, for example, ruthenium imidation can be carried out at 150 to 500 ° C for 0.5 to 5 hours.

再者,代替第1接著劑層50之醯亞胺化,亦可對填充於貫通孔或不織布之多個孔內之接著劑組合物進行醯亞胺化,亦可對具有大量貫通孔之構造體或不織布狀構造體進行醯亞胺化。 Further, instead of the imidization of the first adhesive layer 50, the adhesive composition filled in the plurality of holes of the through-hole or the non-woven fabric may be imidized, or may have a structure having a large number of through-holes. The body or non-woven structure is subjected to hydrazine imidization.

繼而,對上述半導體晶圓3進行背面研磨。背面研磨可藉由先前公知之方法而進行。 Then, the semiconductor wafer 3 is back-polished. Back grinding can be carried out by a previously known method.

經背面研磨之半導體晶圓之厚度例如為1~300μm,較佳為5~100μm。 The thickness of the back-grinded semiconductor wafer is, for example, 1 to 300 μm, preferably 5 to 100 μm.

背面研磨後,可對半導體晶圓3之非電路形成面(經背面研磨之面)進行加工。作為加工方法,可列舉電極形成、金屬配線形成、保護膜形成等。再者,亦可藉由該加工而形成矽貫通電極。 After the back surface polishing, the non-circuit forming surface (surface back-polished) of the semiconductor wafer 3 can be processed. Examples of the processing method include electrode formation, metal wiring formation, and formation of a protective film. Further, a tantalum penetration electrode can be formed by the processing.

進行背面研磨或加工等後,將基座1自半導體晶圓3分離。 After the back grinding or processing or the like, the susceptor 1 is separated from the semiconductor wafer 3.

分離方法並無特別限定,較佳為切割第1接著劑層50而分離之方法、降低第1接著劑層50之接著力而分離之方法。 The separation method is not particularly limited, and a method of separating the first adhesive layer 50 and separating it, and a method of reducing the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 and separating them are preferable.

切割方法並無特別限定,例如可列舉:自接著片5之側面朝向內側於第1接著劑層50上切出切口而切割第1接著劑層50之方法。切割可利用切割機或雷射等先前公知之方法而進行。 The cutting method is not particularly limited, and for example, a method of cutting the first adhesive layer 50 by cutting a slit from the side surface of the succeeding sheet 5 toward the inside of the first adhesive layer 50. The cutting can be carried out by a previously known method such as a cutter or laser.

第1接著劑層50之降低接著力之方法並無特別限定,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層50之方法;預先使用接著力會隨著加熱而降低之材料形成第1接著劑層50,利用加熱降低接著力之方法等。 The method of reducing the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of dissolving the first adhesive layer 50 by a solvent, and forming a first adhesive layer by using a material whose adhesion is lowered by heating in advance. 50. A method of reducing the adhesion force by heating or the like.

以上之說明中,作為使用接著片5將半導體晶圓3固定於基座1上之方法,對將接著片5之第1接著劑層50及第2層51露出之面貼附於基座1上並將僅接著片5之第1接著劑層50露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓3之電路形成面上方法進行了說明。但是,使用接著片5將半導體晶圓3固定於基座1上之方法並無特別限定,亦可為將僅接著片5之第1接著劑層50露出之面貼附於基座1上並將接著片5之第1接著劑層50及第2層51露出之面貼附於半導體晶圓3之電路形成面上的方法等。 In the above description, as a method of fixing the semiconductor wafer 3 to the susceptor 1 by using the adhesive sheet 5, the surface on which the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 of the adhesive sheet 5 are exposed is attached to the susceptor 1. The method of attaching the exposed surface of the first adhesive layer 50 of the sheet 5 to the circuit formation surface of the semiconductor wafer 3 has been described. However, the method of fixing the semiconductor wafer 3 to the susceptor 1 by using the bonding sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 of the bonding sheet 5 is exposed may be attached to the susceptor 1 and A method of attaching the exposed surface of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 of the bonding sheet 5 to the circuit formation surface of the semiconductor wafer 3, and the like.

又,對使用具有電路形成面及非電路形成面者作為半導體晶圓3之情形進行了說明。但是,並不限定於具有電路形成面及非電路形成面者,亦可為兩面為非電路形成面者等。 Moreover, the case where the circuit formation surface and the non-circuit formation surface are used as the semiconductor wafer 3 has been described. However, it is not limited to those having a circuit forming surface and a non-circuit forming surface, and may be a non-circuit forming surface on both sides.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,使用實施例對第1~第5本發明進行詳細說明,但第1~第5本發明只要不超過其主旨,則並不限定於以下之實施例。 Hereinafter, the first to fifth inventions will be described in detail using the examples, but the first to fifth inventions are not limited to the following examples as long as they do not exceed the gist of the invention.

<<第1本發明之實施例>> <<First Embodiment of the Invention>>

對實施例中所使用之成分進行說明。 The components used in the examples will be described.

PMDA:均苯四甲酸二酐(分子量:218.1) PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)

DDE:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(分子量:200.2) DDE: 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)

D-4000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:4023.5) D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 4023.5)

DMAc:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺 DMAc: N,N-dimethylacetamide

NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone

D-2000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:1990.8) D-2000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 1990.8)

BPDA:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐 BPDA: 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride

PPD:對苯二胺 PPD: p-phenylenediamine

隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm) Spacer (long strip polyester film treated with polyxylene stripper on one side: thickness 38μm)

長條聚酯膜(厚度25μm) Long polyester film (thickness 25μm)

利用以下之方法製作接著片。 The following film was produced by the following method.

實施例1、5 Examples 1, 5 <第1接著劑層用溶液、第2層用溶液之製作> <Preparation of Solution for First Adhesive Layer and Solution for Second Layer>

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於DMAc 929.05g中在70℃下混合D-4000 258.25g、DDE 78.95g及PMDA 100g並進行反應而獲得第1接著劑層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液A)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第1接著劑層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 D-4000 258.25 g, DDE 78.95 g, and PMDA 100 g were mixed in DMAc 929.05 g at 70 ° C under an atmosphere of nitrogen gas to obtain a solution for the first adhesive layer (polyglycine solution A). . The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the first adhesive layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

除根據表1之組成之方面以外,利用與第1接著劑層用溶液相同之方法獲得第2層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液B)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第2層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 The solution for the second layer (polyglycine solution B) was obtained by the same method as the solution for the first adhesive layer except for the composition of Table 1. The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the second layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

<圓形片材之製作> <Production of round sheet>

將第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第2層之片材。 The second layer solution was applied onto a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having the second layer.

於所獲得之片材之第2層上積層長條聚酯膜,利用湯普生模具半切成直徑198mm,保留沖裁而成之部分(經湯普生模具沖裁之內側)而去除外側,從而獲得圓形片材。再者,所謂上述半切,係指完全地切割聚酯膜及第2層且不完全地切割隔片(切割至隔片之中途)之態樣之切割。 A long strip of polyester film was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, and half cut into a diameter of 198 mm by a Thompson mold, and the punched portion was left (the inside of the Thompson mold was punched) to remove the outer side, thereby obtaining a circle. Shaped sheet. Further, the above-mentioned half-cut refers to a cutting in which the polyester film and the second layer are completely cut and the separator is not completely cut (cut into the middle of the separator).

<接著片之製作> <Next film production>

將圓形片材之聚酯膜剝離,將第1接著劑層用溶液以成為直徑200mm以上之方式塗佈於圓形片材之第2層上並於90℃下乾燥3分 鐘。於乾燥之第1接著劑層上積層長條聚酯膜而獲得圖1、2所示之實施形態1之形狀之接著片。 The polyester film of the circular sheet was peeled off, and the solution for the first adhesive layer was applied onto the second layer of the circular sheet so as to have a diameter of 200 mm or more, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes. bell. A long polyester film was laminated on the dried first adhesive layer to obtain a back sheet having the shape of the first embodiment shown in Figs.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。第2層之直徑為198mm,第2層之厚度為2μm。接著片之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為98μm。 The sheet then has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 198 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 2 μm. Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet was 98 μm.

實施例2 Example 2 <第1接著劑層用溶液之製作> <Preparation of solution for the first adhesive layer>

除根據表1之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得第1接著劑層用溶液。 The solution for the first adhesive layer was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the composition according to Table 1.

<接著片之製作> <Next film production>

於SUS箔(東洋製箔股份有限公司製造、SUS 304H-TA)上,以Cu膜厚成為0.5μm之方式進行利用硫酸銅鍍敷浴之鍍銅而獲得附有鍍銅之SUS箔。進行冷卻直至所獲得之附有鍍銅之SUS箔成為室溫(23℃)。 On the SUS foil (manufactured by Toyo Sewing Co., Ltd., SUS 304H-TA), copper plating with a copper sulfate plating bath was performed so that the Cu film thickness was 0.5 μm, and a copper-plated SUS foil was obtained. Cooling was carried out until the obtained copper-plated SUS foil became room temperature (23 ° C).

將表1之組成之第1接著劑層用溶液塗佈於附有鍍銅之SUS箔上並於90℃下乾燥2分鐘。繼而,將SUS箔剝離而獲得附有鍍銅之聚醯胺酸層。對所獲得之附有鍍銅之聚醯胺酸層進行Cu蝕刻。藉此,殘留圓形(直徑195mm)之鍍銅部分(第2層)而除去其他部分。根據以上,獲得圖1、2所示之實施形態1之形狀之接著片。 The first adhesive layer of the composition of Table 1 was applied onto a copper-plated SUS foil with a solution and dried at 90 ° C for 2 minutes. Then, the SUS foil was peeled off to obtain a copper-plated polyamic acid layer. The obtained copper plated polyamic acid layer was subjected to Cu etching. Thereby, the copper plating portion (the second layer) having a circular shape (195 mm in diameter) remains, and the other portions are removed. From the above, the back sheet of the shape of the first embodiment shown in Figs. 1 and 2 was obtained.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為120μm。第2層之直徑為195mm,第2層之厚度為0.5μm。接著片之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為119.5μm。 Next, the entire sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 120 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 195 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 0.5 μm. Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet was 119.5 μm.

再者,實施例2中,於形成接著片時,雖成為於第1接著劑層上形成有第2層之形狀(於第2層之側面側不存在第1接著劑層之形狀),但第2層為0.5μm而較薄,另一方面,第1接著劑層為120μm而較厚,且第1接著劑層相對較軟(為低彈性模數),故而於使用時,藉由壓力 而將第2層嵌入至第1接著劑層。因此,實施例2之接著片具有圖1所示之剖面形狀。 Further, in the second embodiment, the shape of the second layer is formed on the first adhesive layer when the adhesive sheet is formed (the shape of the first adhesive layer does not exist on the side surface side of the second layer), but The second layer is 0.5 μm and thinner. On the other hand, the first adhesive layer is 120 μm thick and the first adhesive layer is relatively soft (low elastic modulus), so when used, by pressure The second layer is embedded in the first adhesive layer. Therefore, the sheet of Example 2 has the cross-sectional shape shown in Fig. 1.

實施例3 Example 3

除根據表1之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得接著片。 The back sheet was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the aspect according to the composition of Table 1.

實施例4 Example 4 <圓形片材之製作> <Production of round sheet>

將由實施例1所製作之第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片上,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第2層之片材。 The solution for the second layer produced in Example 1 was applied onto a separator, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having the second layer.

於所獲得之片材之第2層上積層長條聚酯膜,利用湯普生模具半切成直徑198mm,保留沖裁而成之部分(經湯普生模具沖裁之內側)而去除外側,從而獲得圓形片材(厚度:200μm)。 A long strip of polyester film was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, and half cut into a diameter of 198 mm by a Thompson mold, and the punched portion was left (the inside of the Thompson mold was punched) to remove the outer side, thereby obtaining a circle. Shaped sheet (thickness: 200 μm).

<接著片之製作> <Next film production>

將由實施例1所製作之第1接著劑層用溶液塗佈於隔片上,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第1接著劑層之片材。 The solution of the first adhesive layer produced in Example 1 was applied onto a separator, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having the first adhesive layer.

於所獲得之片材之第1接著劑層上積層長條聚酯膜,利用湯普生模具半切成直徑198mm,殘留外側而去除沖裁之部分(經湯普生模具沖裁之內側),從而獲得中空之片材(厚度:200μm)。 A long polyester film was laminated on the first adhesive layer of the obtained sheet, and half-cut into a diameter of 198 mm by a Thompson mold, and the outer portion was left to remove the punched portion (the inside of the Thompson mold was punched), thereby obtaining a hollow. Sheet (thickness: 200 μm).

將上述圓形片材及中空之片材之隔片剝離,以圓形片材之第2層嵌入之方式貼合於中空之片材的不存在第1接著劑層之部分,從而獲得圖3、4所示之實施形態2之形狀之接著片。 The separator of the circular sheet and the hollow sheet is peeled off, and the second layer of the circular sheet is embedded so as to be bonded to the portion of the hollow sheet where the first adhesive layer is not present, thereby obtaining FIG. A sheet of the shape of the second embodiment shown in FIG.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為200μm。第2層之直徑為198mm,第2層之厚度為200μm。 The sheet then has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 200 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 198 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 200 μm.

比較例1 Comparative example 1

獲得包含與實施例1相同之第1接著劑層之單層之接著片。接著片為圓形,直徑為200mm,厚度為150μm。 A single sheet comprising a single layer of the same first adhesive layer as in Example 1 was obtained. The sheet was then round, 200 mm in diameter and 150 μm thick.

[第1接著劑層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer]

將第1接著劑層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有厚度20μm之第1接著劑層之片材。 The first adhesive layer solution was applied onto a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having a first adhesive layer having a thickness of 20 μm.

將所獲得之片材之第1接著劑層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第1接著劑層。 The first adhesive layer of the obtained sheet was bonded to an 8-inch wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain the first wafer with a ruthenium wafer. Then the agent layer.

將附有矽晶圓之第1接著劑層加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表1。 The first adhesive layer with a ruthenium wafer was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peeling was performed at a temperature of 23° C. and 300 mm/min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). Evaluation. The results are shown in Table 1.

[第2層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion of the second layer]

將第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有厚度20μm之第2層之片材。 The second layer solution was applied onto a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having a second layer having a thickness of 20 μm.

將所獲得之片材之第2層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第2層。 The second layer of the obtained sheet was bonded to an 8-inch wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain a second layer with a tantalum wafer.

將附有矽晶圓之第2層加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表1。 The second layer with the ruthenium wafer was processed to have a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peeling evaluation was performed under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C. and 300 mm/min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). The results are shown in Table 1.

再者,關於實施例2之第2層之接著力,使用於8吋矽晶圓上貼合第2層者進行90°剝離評價。 Further, regarding the adhesion of the second layer of Example 2, the second layer was bonded to the 8 Å wafer, and the 90° peeling evaluation was performed.

[製程耐性評價] [Process tolerance evaluation] 實施例1~4 Example 1~4

將實施例1~4之接著片之第1接著劑層及第2層露出之面貼附於基座(直徑200mm、厚度726μm之矽晶圓)上。貼附係藉由溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa之輥式層壓而進行。 The first adhesive layer and the exposed surface of the second layer of the succeeding films of Examples 1 to 4 were attached to a susceptor (a wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 726 μm). The attachment was carried out by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa.

繼而,將附有基座之接著片之接著單面貼附於直徑200mm、厚度725μm之矽晶圓之電路形成面。貼附係於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa 下藉由輥式層壓而進行。貼附後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下對接著片進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得依序積層有基座、接著片及矽晶圓之積層體。 Then, the subsequent side of the susceptor attached with the susceptor was attached to the circuit formation surface of the ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 725 μm. Attached to a temperature of 90 ° C, a pressure of 0.1 MPa The lowering is carried out by roll lamination. After the attachment, the adhesive sheet was imidized at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, a laminated body in which a susceptor, a bonding sheet, and a germanium wafer are sequentially laminated is obtained.

使用所獲得之積層體進行背面研磨,將於背面研磨中可充分地固定矽晶圓而能夠良好地進行背面研磨之情形評價為○,將無法充分地固定矽晶圓而無法進行背面研磨之情形評價為×。 The back surface polishing is performed by using the obtained laminated body, and the back surface polishing can be sufficiently fixed in the back surface polishing, and the back surface polishing can be satisfactorily evaluated as ○, and the ruthenium wafer cannot be sufficiently fixed and the back surface polishing cannot be performed. The evaluation is ×.

實施例5 Example 5

除將僅第1接著劑層露出之面貼附於基座上以外,利用與實施例1~4相同之方法評價製程耐性。 The process resistance was evaluated by the same method as in Examples 1 to 4 except that the surface on which only the first adhesive layer was exposed was attached to the susceptor.

比較例1 Comparative example 1

利用與實施例1~4相同之方法獲得積層體並評價製程耐性。 The laminate was obtained by the same method as in Examples 1 to 4 and the process tolerance was evaluated.

將結果示於表1。 The results are shown in Table 1.

[剝離性評價] [Peeability evaluation]

利用與上述製程耐性評價相同之方法獲得依序積層有基座、接著片及矽晶圓之積層體。 A laminate in which a susceptor, a succeeding film, and a germanium wafer are sequentially laminated is obtained by the same method as the above-described process resistance evaluation.

使用湯普生刀自接著片層之側面向內側切出切口。切口係切割至第2層。切口後,使用配置於積層體之上側(矽晶圓側)之真空鑷子向上方吸附矽晶圓。將可吸附之情形評價為○,將無法吸附之情形評價為×。將結果示於表1。 The incision was made inward from the side of the subsequent sheet using a Thompson knife. The slit is cut to the second layer. After the slit, the tantalum wafer was adsorbed upward using a vacuum tweezers disposed on the upper side of the laminate (on the side of the wafer). The case where adsorption was possible was evaluated as ○, and the case where adsorption was impossible was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 1.

實施例1~5中,可充分地固定矽晶圓並可進行良好地背面研磨。又,藉由切出切口,可將矽晶圓與基座容易地分離。另一方面,比較例1係即便於接著片層上切出切口,亦無法剝離。 In Examples 1 to 5, the tantalum wafer can be sufficiently fixed and good back grinding can be performed. Further, by cutting the slit, the crucible wafer can be easily separated from the susceptor. On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1, even if the slit was cut out on the subsequent sheet, peeling could not be performed.

<<第2本發明之實施例>> <<The second embodiment of the invention>>

對實施例中所使用之成分進行說明。 The components used in the examples will be described.

PMDA:均苯四甲酸二酐(分子量:218.1) PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)

DDE:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(分子量:200.2) DDE: 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)

D-4000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:4023.5) D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 4023.5)

DMAc:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺 DMAc: N,N-dimethylacetamide

D-2000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:1990.8) D-2000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 1990.8)

BPDA:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐 BPDA: 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride

PPD:對苯二胺 PPD: p-phenylenediamine

隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm) Spacer (long strip polyester film treated with polyxylene stripper on one side: thickness 38μm)

利用以下之方法製作接著片。 The following film was produced by the following method.

實施例1 Example 1

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於DMAc 1912.0g中在70℃下混合D-4000 239.8g、DDE 79.9g及PMDA 100.0g並進行反應而獲得第1接著劑層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液A)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第1接著劑層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 Under the nitrogen gas stream, D-4000 239.8 g, DDE 79.9 g, and PMDA 100.0 g were mixed in DMAc 1912.0 g at 70 ° C to carry out a reaction to obtain a first adhesive layer solution (polyglycine solution A). ). The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the first adhesive layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

除根據表2之組成之方面以外,利用與第1接著劑層用溶液相同之方法獲得第2層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液B)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第2層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 The solution for the second layer (polyglycine solution B) was obtained by the same method as the solution for the first adhesive layer except for the composition according to Table 2. The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the second layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

將第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第2層之片材。於所獲得之片材上塗佈第1接著劑層用溶液並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而形成第1接著劑層。藉此,獲得積層有第1接著劑層及第2層之接著片。 The second layer solution was applied onto a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having the second layer. A solution for the first adhesive layer was applied onto the obtained sheet and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to form a first adhesive layer. Thereby, a laminate in which the first adhesive layer and the second layer are laminated is obtained.

接著片之整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。 Next, the entire sheet has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.

第1接著劑層之直徑為200mm,厚度為90μm。 The first adhesive layer had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 90 μm.

第2層之直徑為200mm,厚度為10μm。 The second layer has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 10 μm.

實施例2~3 Example 2~3

除根據表2之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得接著片。 An adhesive sheet was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except for the aspect according to the composition of Table 2.

比較例1 Comparative example 1

使用實施例1之第1接著劑層用溶液獲得包含第1接著劑層之接著片(單層)。接著片為圓形,直徑為200mm,厚度為150μm。 A back sheet (single layer) containing the first adhesive layer was obtained using the solution for the first adhesive layer of Example 1. The sheet was then round, 200 mm in diameter and 150 μm thick.

[第1接著劑層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer]

將第1接著劑層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有厚度20μm之第1接著劑層之片材。 The first adhesive layer solution was applied onto a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having a first adhesive layer having a thickness of 20 μm.

將所獲得之片材之第1接著劑層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第1接著劑層。 The first adhesive layer of the obtained sheet was bonded to an 8-inch wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain the first wafer with a ruthenium wafer. Then the agent layer.

將附有矽晶圓之第1接著劑層加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表2。 The first adhesive layer with a ruthenium wafer was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peeling was performed at a temperature of 23° C. and 300 mm/min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). Evaluation. The results are shown in Table 2.

[第2層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion of the second layer]

將第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有厚度20μm之第2層之片材。 The second layer solution was applied onto a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having a second layer having a thickness of 20 μm.

將所獲得之片材之第2層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第2層。 The second layer of the obtained sheet was bonded to an 8-inch wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain a second layer with a tantalum wafer.

將附有矽晶圓之第2層加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表2。 The second layer with the ruthenium wafer was processed to have a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peeling evaluation was performed under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C. and 300 mm/min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). The results are shown in Table 2.

[製程耐性評價] [Process tolerance evaluation] 實施例1~3 Example 1~3

將實施例1~3之接著片之第2層貼附於基座(直徑200mm、厚度726μm之矽晶圓)上。貼附係藉由溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa之輥式層壓而進行。 The second layer of the succeeding sheets of Examples 1 to 3 was attached to a susceptor (a wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 726 μm). The attachment was carried out by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa.

繼而,將附有基座之接著片之接著單面貼附於直徑200mm、厚度725μm之矽晶圓之電路形成面。貼附係於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下藉由輥式層壓而進行。貼附後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下對接著片進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得依序積層有基座、接著片及矽晶圓之積層體。 Then, the subsequent side of the susceptor attached with the susceptor was attached to the circuit formation surface of the ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 725 μm. The attachment was carried out by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. After the attachment, the adhesive sheet was imidized at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, a laminated body in which a susceptor, a bonding sheet, and a germanium wafer are sequentially laminated is obtained.

使用所獲得之積層體進行背面研磨,將於背面研磨中可充分地固定矽晶圓而能夠良好地進行背面研磨之情形評價為○,將無法充分地固定矽晶圓而無法進行背面研磨之情形評價為×。 The back surface polishing is performed by using the obtained laminated body, and the back surface polishing can be sufficiently fixed in the back surface polishing, and the back surface polishing can be satisfactorily evaluated as ○, and the ruthenium wafer cannot be sufficiently fixed and the back surface polishing cannot be performed. The evaluation is ×.

比較例1 Comparative example 1

利用與實施例1~3相同之方法獲得積層體並評價製程耐性。 The laminate was obtained by the same method as in Examples 1 to 3 and the process tolerance was evaluated.

將結果示於表2。 The results are shown in Table 2.

[剝離性評價] [Peeability evaluation]

利用與上述製程耐性評價相同之方法獲得依序積層有基座、接著片及矽晶圓之積層體。 A laminate in which a susceptor, a succeeding film, and a germanium wafer are sequentially laminated is obtained by the same method as the above-described process resistance evaluation.

於第1接著劑層與第2層之邊界使用湯普生刀切出切口(自矽晶圓端部1mm之切口)。切口後,使用配置於積層體之矽晶圓側之真空鑷子向上方吸附矽晶圓。將可利用吸附將附有矽晶圓之第1接著劑層自積層體剝離之情形評價為○,將無法剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表2。 A slit (a slit of 1 mm from the end of the wafer) was cut out using a Thompson knife at the boundary between the first adhesive layer and the second layer. After the slit, the wafer was adsorbed upward using a vacuum tweezers disposed on the side of the wafer on the stack. The case where the first adhesive layer with the ruthenium wafer was peeled off from the laminate by adsorption was evaluated as ○, and the case where peeling could not be performed was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 2.

<<第3本發明之實施例>> <<The third embodiment of the invention>>

對實施例中所使用之成分進行說明。 The components used in the examples will be described.

PMDA:均苯四甲酸二酐(分子量:218.1) PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)

DDE:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(分子量:200.2) DDE: 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)

D-4000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:4023.5) D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 4023.5)

DMAc:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺 DMAc: N,N-dimethylacetamide

BPDA:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐 BPDA: 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride

PPD:對苯二胺 PPD: p-phenylenediamine

NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone

SD4587L:東麗道康寧股份有限公司製造之聚矽氧黏著劑(加成 SD4587L: Poly-Aoxygen Adhesive (Delta) manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.

硬化型) Hardened type)

SRX-212:東麗道康寧股份有限公司製造之鉑觸媒 SRX-212: Platinum Catalyst manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.

隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm) Spacer (long strip polyester film treated with polyxylene stripper on one side: thickness 38μm)

[片材及接著劑層用溶液之製作] [Production of solution for sheet and adhesive layer] 實施例1 Example 1

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於DMAc 2528.0g中在70℃下混合D-4000 29.5g、DDE 90.3g及PMDA 100.0g並進行反應而獲得片材用溶 液(聚醯胺酸溶液A)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之片材用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。將片材用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得片材。 Under the atmosphere of nitrogen gas, 29.5 g of D-4000, 90.3 g of DDE and 100.0 g of PMDA were mixed in DMAc 2528.0 g at 70 ° C and reacted to obtain a sheet for dissolution. Liquid (polyamine acid solution A). Cooling was carried out until the obtained sheet solution became room temperature (23 ° C). The sheet was coated with a solution on a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet.

所獲得之片材之直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。 The obtained sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.

除根據表3之組成之方面以外,利用與片材用溶液相同之方法獲得接著劑層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液B)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之接著劑層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 A solution for an adhesive layer (polyglycine solution B) was obtained by the same method as the solution for a sheet except for the aspect according to the composition of Table 3. Cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the adhesive layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

實施例2~3、比較例1 Examples 2 to 3, Comparative Example 1

除根據表3之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得片材及接著劑層用溶液。 A solution for a sheet and an adhesive layer was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except for the composition according to Table 3.

[片材之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of the sheet]

將片材用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得厚度20μm之樣品片材1。將所獲得之樣品片材1貼合於8吋矽晶圓上,於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之樣品片材1。將附有矽晶圓之樣品片材1加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表3。 The sheet was applied onto the separator with a solution and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sample sheet 1 having a thickness of 20 μm. The obtained sample sheet 1 was attached to an 8 Å wafer, and yttrium imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain a sample sheet 1 with a ruthenium wafer. The sample sheet 1 with the ruthenium wafer was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peel evaluation was performed using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm/min. . The results are shown in Table 3.

[接著劑層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of the adhesive layer]

將接著劑層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得厚度20μm之樣品片材2。將所獲得之樣品片材2貼附於8吋矽晶圓上之後,進行醯亞胺化(實施例1、比較例1)或熱硬化(實施例2、3)。 The adhesive layer was applied onto the separator with a solution and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sample sheet 2 having a thickness of 20 μm. After the obtained sample sheet 2 was attached to an 8-inch wafer, ruthenium imidization (Example 1, Comparative Example 1) or thermal curing (Examples 2 and 3) was carried out.

醯亞胺化係於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境中之條件下進行。 The ruthenium imidization was carried out at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under nitrogen atmosphere.

熱硬化係於150℃、1小時、大氣環境下之條件下進行。 The thermosetting was carried out at 150 ° C for 1 hour under atmospheric conditions.

將藉此所獲得之附有矽晶圓之樣品片材2加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表3。 The sample sheet 2 with the enamel wafer obtained therefrom was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and was subjected to a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm/min. A 90° peel evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 3.

[製程耐性評價] [Process tolerance evaluation] 實施例1 Example 1

將片材貼附於具有直徑200mm、厚度725μm之斜面部之矽晶圓之電路形成面。貼附係於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下藉由輥式層壓而進行。貼附後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下對片材進行醯亞胺化。 The sheet was attached to a circuit forming surface of a tantalum wafer having a bevel having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 725 μm. The attachment was carried out by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. After the attachment, the sheet was imidized at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere.

於貼附有矽晶圓之片材面之背面貼附具有斜面部之基座(直徑200mm、厚度726μm之矽晶圓)。貼附係於溫度120℃、壓力0.3MPa下進行。 A pedestal having a slanted surface (a wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 726 μm) was attached to the back surface of the sheet surface to which the enamel wafer was attached. The attachment was carried out at a temperature of 120 ° C and a pressure of 0.3 MPa.

繼而,於片材與基座之斜面部之間塗佈接著劑層用溶液並進行乾燥˙醯亞胺化而形成接著劑層。藉此,將片材固定於基座上。 Then, a solution for the adhesive layer is applied between the sheet and the inclined surface portion of the susceptor, and dried and yttrium-imided to form an adhesive layer. Thereby, the sheet is fixed to the base.

根據以上,獲得依序積層有基座、片材及矽晶圓之積層體。 According to the above, a laminate in which a susceptor, a sheet, and a tantalum wafer are sequentially laminated is obtained.

使用所獲得之積層體進行背面研磨,將於背面研磨中可充分地固定矽晶圓而能夠良好地進行背面研磨之情形評價為○,將無法充分地固定矽晶圓而無法進行背面研磨之情形評價為×。 The back surface polishing is performed by using the obtained laminated body, and the back surface polishing can be sufficiently fixed in the back surface polishing, and the back surface polishing can be satisfactorily evaluated as ○, and the ruthenium wafer cannot be sufficiently fixed and the back surface polishing cannot be performed. The evaluation is ×.

實施例2~3 Example 2~3

除代替醯亞胺化而於150℃、1小時、大氣環境下之條件下進行接著劑層之熱硬化之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得積層體。使用所獲得之積層體並利用與實施例1相同之方法進行評價。 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thermal curing of the adhesive layer was carried out under the conditions of 150 ° C for 1 hour under an atmosphere of hydrazine imidization. The obtained laminate was used and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1.

比較例1 Comparative example 1

除不塗佈接著劑層用溶液之方面而言,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得積層體。使用所獲得之積層體並利用與實施例1相同之方法進行評價。將結果示於表3。 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the solution for the adhesive layer was not applied. The obtained laminate was used and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 3.

[剝離性評價] [Peeability evaluation]

利用與上述製程耐性評價相同之方法獲得積層體。 The laminate was obtained in the same manner as the above process resistance evaluation.

圖22所示,自片材側面於片材上切出切口直至到達基座1之斜面 部為止(切口深度0.5mm)。 As shown in Fig. 22, the slit is cut from the side of the sheet on the sheet until it reaches the slope of the base 1. Up to the part (incision depth 0.5mm).

切口後,使用配置於積層體之矽晶圓側之真空鑷子向上方吸附矽晶圓。將可利用吸附自積層體剝離附有矽晶圓之片材之情形評價為○,將無法剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表3。 After the slit, the wafer was adsorbed upward using a vacuum tweezers disposed on the side of the wafer on the stack. The case where the sheet coated with the tantalum wafer was peeled off by the self-assembled layer was evaluated as ○, and the case where the sheet could not be peeled off was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 3.

<<第4本發明之實施例>> <<The fourth embodiment of the invention>>

對實施例中所使用之成分進行說明。 The components used in the examples will be described.

PMDA:均苯四甲酸二酐(分子量:218.1) PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)

DDE:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(分子量:200.2) DDE: 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)

D-4000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:4023.5) D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 4023.5)

DMAc:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺 DMAc: N,N-dimethylacetamide

NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone

D-2000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:1990.8) D-2000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 1990.8)

BPDA:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐 BPDA: 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride

PPD:對苯二胺 PPD: p-phenylenediamine

SD4587L:東麗道康寧股份有限公司製造之聚矽氧黏著劑(加成硬化型) SD4587L: Polyoxygenated adhesive (additive hardening type) manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.

SRX-212:東麗道康寧股份有限公司製造之鉑觸媒 SRX-212: Platinum Catalyst manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.

隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm) Spacer (long strip polyester film treated with polyxylene stripper on one side: thickness 38μm)

長條聚酯膜(厚度25μm) Long polyester film (thickness 25μm)

實施例1~5、比較例1進行說明。 Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Example 1 will be described.

利用以下之方法製作接著片。 The following film was produced by the following method.

實施例1、5 Examples 1, 5 <第1接著劑層用溶液、第2層用溶液之製作> <Preparation of Solution for First Adhesive Layer and Solution for Second Layer>

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於DMAc 929.05g中在70℃下混合D-4000 258.25g、DDE 78.95g及PMDA 100g並進行反應而獲得第1接著劑層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液A)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第1接著劑層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 D-4000 258.25 g, DDE 78.95 g, and PMDA 100 g were mixed in DMAc 929.05 g at 70 ° C under an atmosphere of nitrogen gas to obtain a solution for the first adhesive layer (polyglycine solution A). . The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the first adhesive layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

除根據表4之組成之方面以外,利用與第1接著劑層用溶液相同之方法獲得第2層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液B)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第2層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 The solution for the second layer (polyglycine solution B) was obtained by the same method as the solution for the first adhesive layer except for the composition according to Table 4. The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the second layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

<圓形片材之製作> <Production of round sheet>

將第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第2層之片材。 The second layer solution was applied onto a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having the second layer.

於所獲得之片材之第2層上積層長條聚酯膜,利用湯普生模具半切成直徑198mm,保留沖裁而成之部分(經湯普生模具沖裁之內側)而去除外側,從而獲得圓形片材。再者,所謂上述半切,係指完全地切割聚酯膜及第2層且不完全地切割隔片(切割至隔片之中途)之態樣之切割。 A long strip of polyester film was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, and half cut into a diameter of 198 mm by a Thompson mold, and the punched portion was left (the inside of the Thompson mold was punched) to remove the outer side, thereby obtaining a circle. Shaped sheet. Further, the above-mentioned half-cut refers to a cutting in which the polyester film and the second layer are completely cut and the separator is not completely cut (cut into the middle of the separator).

<接著片之製作> <Next film production>

將圓形片材之聚酯膜剝離,將第1接著劑層用溶液以成為直徑200mm以上之方式塗佈於圓形片材之第2層上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘。於乾燥之第1接著劑層上積層長條聚酯膜而獲得圖24、25所示之形狀之接著片。 The polyester film of the circular sheet was peeled off, and the solution for the first adhesive layer was applied onto the second layer of the circular sheet so as to have a diameter of 200 mm or more, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes. A long polyester film was laminated on the dried first adhesive layer to obtain a sheet having the shape shown in Figs.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。第2層之直徑為198mm,第2層之厚度為2μm。接著片之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為98μm。 The sheet then has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 198 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 2 μm. Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet was 98 μm.

實施例2 Example 2 <第1接著劑層用溶液之製作> <Preparation of solution for the first adhesive layer>

除根據表4之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得第1接著劑層用溶液。 A solution for the first adhesive layer was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except for the composition according to Table 4.

<接著片之製作> <Next film production>

於SUS箔(東洋製箔股份有限公司製造、SUS 304H-TA)上,以Cu膜厚成為0.5μm之方式進行利用硫酸銅鍍敷浴之鍍銅而獲得附有鍍銅之SUS箔。進行冷卻直至所獲得之附有鍍銅之SUS箔成為室溫(23℃)。 On the SUS foil (manufactured by Toyo Sewing Co., Ltd., SUS 304H-TA), copper plating with a copper sulfate plating bath was performed so that the Cu film thickness was 0.5 μm, and a copper-plated SUS foil was obtained. Cooling was carried out until the obtained copper-plated SUS foil became room temperature (23 ° C).

將表4之組成之第1接著劑層用溶液塗佈於附有鍍銅之SUS箔上並於90℃下乾燥2分鐘。繼而,將SUS箔剝離而獲得附有鍍銅之聚醯胺酸層。對所獲得之附有鍍銅之聚醯胺酸層進行Cu蝕刻。藉此,殘留圓形(直徑195mm)之鍍銅部分(第2層)而除去其他部分。根據以上,獲得圖24、25所示之形狀之接著片。 The first adhesive layer of the composition of Table 4 was applied onto a copper-plated SUS foil with a solution and dried at 90 ° C for 2 minutes. Then, the SUS foil was peeled off to obtain a copper-plated polyamic acid layer. The obtained copper plated polyamic acid layer was subjected to Cu etching. Thereby, the copper plating portion (the second layer) having a circular shape (195 mm in diameter) remains, and the other portions are removed. According to the above, the shape of the sheet shown in Figs. 24 and 25 is obtained.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為120μm。第2層之直徑為195mm,第2層之厚度為0.5μm。接著片之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為119.5μm。 Next, the entire sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 120 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 195 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 0.5 μm. Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet was 119.5 μm.

再者,實施例2中,於形成接著片時,雖成為於第1接著劑層上形成有第2層之形狀(於第2層之側面側不存在第1接著劑層之形狀),但第2層為0.5μm而較薄,另一方面,第1接著劑層為120μm而較厚,且第1接著劑層相對較軟(為低彈性模數),故而於使用時,藉由壓力而將第2層嵌入至第1接著劑層。因此,實施例2之接著片具有圖24所示之剖面形狀。 Further, in the second embodiment, the shape of the second layer is formed on the first adhesive layer when the adhesive sheet is formed (the shape of the first adhesive layer does not exist on the side surface side of the second layer), but The second layer is 0.5 μm and thinner. On the other hand, the first adhesive layer is 120 μm thick and the first adhesive layer is relatively soft (low elastic modulus), so when used, by pressure The second layer is embedded in the first adhesive layer. Therefore, the sheet of Example 2 has the cross-sectional shape shown in Fig. 24.

實施例3 Example 3

除根據表4之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得接著片。 The back sheet was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except for the aspect according to the composition of Table 4.

實施例4 Example 4 <圓形片材之製作> <Production of round sheet>

將由實施例1所製作之第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片上,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第2層之片材。 The solution for the second layer produced in Example 1 was applied onto a separator, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having the second layer.

於所獲得之片材之第2層上積層長條聚酯膜,利用湯普生模具半切成直徑198mm,保留沖裁而成之部分(經湯普生模具沖裁之內側)而去除外側,從而獲得圓形片材(厚度:200μm)。 A long strip of polyester film was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, and half cut into a diameter of 198 mm by a Thompson mold, and the punched portion was left (the inside of the Thompson mold was punched) to remove the outer side, thereby obtaining a circle. Shaped sheet (thickness: 200 μm).

<接著片之製作> <Next film production>

將由實施例1所製作之第1接著劑層用溶液塗佈於隔片上,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第1接著劑層之片材。 The solution of the first adhesive layer produced in Example 1 was applied onto a separator, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having the first adhesive layer.

於所獲得之片材之第1接著劑層上積層長條聚酯膜,利用湯普生模具半切成直徑198mm,殘留外側而去除沖裁之部分(經湯普生模具沖裁之內側),從而獲得中空之片材(厚度:200μm)。 A long polyester film was laminated on the first adhesive layer of the obtained sheet, and half-cut into a diameter of 198 mm by a Thompson mold, and the outer portion was left to remove the punched portion (the inside of the Thompson mold was punched), thereby obtaining a hollow. Sheet (thickness: 200 μm).

將上述圓形片材及中空之片材之隔片剝離,以圓形片材之第2層嵌入之方式貼合於中空之片材的不存在第1接著劑層之部分,從而獲得圖29、30所示之形狀之接著片。 The separator of the circular sheet and the hollow sheet is peeled off, and the second layer of the circular sheet is fitted to the portion of the hollow sheet where the first adhesive layer is not present, thereby obtaining FIG. , the shape of the film shown in 30.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為200μm。第2層之直徑為198mm,第2層之厚度為200μm。 The sheet then has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 200 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 198 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 200 μm.

比較例1 Comparative example 1

獲得包含與實施例1相同之第1接著劑層之單層之接著片。接著片為圓形,直徑為200mm,厚度為150μm。 A single sheet comprising a single layer of the same first adhesive layer as in Example 1 was obtained. The sheet was then round, 200 mm in diameter and 150 μm thick.

[第1接著劑層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer]

將第1接著劑層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲 得具有厚度20μm之第1接著劑層之片材。 The first adhesive layer was applied onto the separator with a solution and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes. A sheet having a first adhesive layer having a thickness of 20 μm was obtained.

將所獲得之片材之第1接著劑層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第1接著劑層。 The first adhesive layer of the obtained sheet was bonded to an 8-inch wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain the first wafer with a ruthenium wafer. Then the agent layer.

將附有矽晶圓之第1接著劑層加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表4。 The first adhesive layer with a ruthenium wafer was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peeling was performed at a temperature of 23° C. and 300 mm/min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). Evaluation. The results are shown in Table 4.

[第2層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion of the second layer]

將第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有厚度20μm之第2層之片材。 The second layer solution was applied onto a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having a second layer having a thickness of 20 μm.

將所獲得之片材之第2層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第2層。 The second layer of the obtained sheet was bonded to an 8-inch wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain a second layer with a tantalum wafer.

將附有矽晶圓之第2層加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表4。 The second layer with the ruthenium wafer was processed to have a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peeling evaluation was performed under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C. and 300 mm/min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). The results are shown in Table 4.

再者,關於實施例2之第2層之接著力,使用於8吋矽晶圓上貼合第2層者進行90°剝離評價。 Further, regarding the adhesion of the second layer of Example 2, the second layer was bonded to the 8 Å wafer, and the 90° peeling evaluation was performed.

[製程耐性評價(1)] [Processability Evaluation (1)] 實施例1~4 Example 1~4

將實施例1~4之接著片之第1接著劑層及第2層露出之面貼附於基座(直徑200mm、厚度726μm之矽晶圓)上。貼附係藉由溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa之輥式層壓而進行。 The first adhesive layer and the exposed surface of the second layer of the succeeding films of Examples 1 to 4 were attached to a susceptor (a wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 726 μm). The attachment was carried out by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa.

繼而,將附有基座之接著片之接著單面貼附於直徑200mm、厚度725μm之矽晶圓之電路形成面。貼附係於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下藉由輥式層壓而進行。貼附後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下對接著片進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得依序積層有基座、接著片 及矽晶圓之積層體。 Then, the subsequent side of the susceptor attached with the susceptor was attached to the circuit formation surface of the ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 725 μm. The attachment was carried out by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. After the attachment, the adhesive sheet was imidized at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. In this way, a sequential pedestal and a contiguous sheet are obtained. And the laminate of the wafer.

使用所獲得之積層體進行背面研磨,將於背面研磨中可充分地固定矽晶圓而能夠良好地進行背面研磨之情形評價為○,將無法充分地固定矽晶圓而無法進行背面研磨之情形評價為×。 The back surface polishing is performed by using the obtained laminated body, and the back surface polishing can be sufficiently fixed in the back surface polishing, and the back surface polishing can be satisfactorily evaluated as ○, and the ruthenium wafer cannot be sufficiently fixed and the back surface polishing cannot be performed. The evaluation is ×.

實施例5 Example 5

除將僅第1接著劑層露出之面貼附於基座上以外,利用與實施例1~4相同之方法評價製程耐性。 The process resistance was evaluated by the same method as in Examples 1 to 4 except that the surface on which only the first adhesive layer was exposed was attached to the susceptor.

比較例1 Comparative example 1

利用與實施例1~4相同之方法獲得積層體並評價製程耐性。 The laminate was obtained by the same method as in Examples 1 to 4 and the process tolerance was evaluated.

將結果示於表4。 The results are shown in Table 4.

[剝離性評價(1)] [Peeability evaluation (1)] 實施例1~5、比較例1 Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Example 1

利用與上述製程耐性評價相同之方法獲得依序積層有基座、接著片及矽晶圓之積層體。 A laminate in which a susceptor, a succeeding film, and a germanium wafer are sequentially laminated is obtained by the same method as the above-described process resistance evaluation.

使用湯普生刀自接著片層之側面向內側切出切口。切口係切割至第2層。切口後,使用配置於積層體之上側(矽晶圓側)之真空鑷子向上方吸附矽晶圓。將可吸附之情形評價為○,將無法吸附之情形評價為×。將結果示於表4。 The incision was made inward from the side of the subsequent sheet using a Thompson knife. The slit is cut to the second layer. After the slit, the tantalum wafer was adsorbed upward using a vacuum tweezers disposed on the upper side of the laminate (on the side of the wafer). The case where adsorption was possible was evaluated as ○, and the case where adsorption was impossible was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 4.

對實施例6~8、比較例2進行說明。 Examples 6 to 8 and Comparative Example 2 will be described.

實施例6 Example 6

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於DMAc 1912.0g中在70℃下混合D-4000 239.8g、DDE 79.9g及PMDA 100.0g並進行反應而獲得第1接著劑層用溶液。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第1接著劑層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 Under a nitrogen gas stream, 239.8 g of D-4000, 79.9 g of DDE, and 100.0 g of PMDA were mixed in DMAc 1912.0 g at 70 ° C to carry out a reaction to obtain a solution for the first adhesive layer. The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the first adhesive layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

除根據表5之組成之方面以外,利用與第1接著劑層用溶液相同之方法獲得第2層用溶液。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第2層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 The solution for the second layer was obtained by the same method as the solution for the first adhesive layer except for the composition according to Table 5. The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the second layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

將第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第2層之片材。於所獲得之片材上塗佈第1接著劑層用溶液並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而形成第1接著劑層。藉此,獲得積層有第1接著劑層及第2層之接著片(圖33所示之形狀之接著片)。 The second layer solution was applied onto a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet having the second layer. A solution for the first adhesive layer was applied onto the obtained sheet and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to form a first adhesive layer. Thereby, a laminate in which the first adhesive layer and the second layer are laminated (the succeeding film of the shape shown in FIG. 33) is obtained.

接著片之整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。 Next, the entire sheet has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.

第1接著劑層之直徑為200mm,厚度為90μm。 The first adhesive layer had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 90 μm.

第2層之直徑為200mm,厚度為10μm。 The second layer has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 10 μm.

實施例7~8 Examples 7-8

除根據表5之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例6相同之方法獲得接著片。 The back sheet was obtained in the same manner as in Example 6 except for the aspect according to the composition of Table 5.

比較例2 Comparative example 2

使用實施例6之第1接著劑層用溶液獲得包含第1接著劑層之接著片(單層)。接著片為圓形,直徑為200mm,厚度為150μm。 A back sheet (single layer) including the first adhesive layer was obtained using the solution for the first adhesive layer of Example 6. The sheet was then round, 200 mm in diameter and 150 μm thick.

[第1接著劑層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer]

利用上述方法進行測定。將結果示於表5。 The measurement was carried out by the above method. The results are shown in Table 5.

[第2層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion of the second layer]

利用上述方法進行測定。將結果示於表5。 The measurement was carried out by the above method. The results are shown in Table 5.

[製程耐性評價(2)] [Processability Evaluation (2)] 實施例6~8、比較例2 Examples 6-8, Comparative Example 2

將實施例6~8之接著片之第2層貼附於基座(直徑200mm、厚度726μm之矽晶圓)上。貼附係藉由溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa之輥式層壓而進行。 The second layer of the succeeding sheets of Examples 6 to 8 was attached to a susceptor (a wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 726 μm). The attachment was carried out by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa.

繼而,將附有基座之接著片之接著單面貼附於直徑200mm、厚度725μm之矽晶圓之電路形成面。貼附係於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下藉由輥式層壓而進行。貼附後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下對接著片進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得依序積層有基座、接著片及矽晶圓之積層體。 Then, the subsequent side of the susceptor attached with the susceptor was attached to the circuit formation surface of the ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 725 μm. The attachment was carried out by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. After the attachment, the adhesive sheet was imidized at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, a laminated body in which a susceptor, a bonding sheet, and a germanium wafer are sequentially laminated is obtained.

使用所獲得之積層體進行背面研磨,將於背面研磨中可充分地固定矽晶圓而能夠良好地進行背面研磨之情形評價為○,將無法充分地固定矽晶圓而無法進行背面研磨之情形評價為×。 The back surface polishing is performed by using the obtained laminated body, and the back surface polishing can be sufficiently fixed in the back surface polishing, and the back surface polishing can be satisfactorily evaluated as ○, and the ruthenium wafer cannot be sufficiently fixed and the back surface polishing cannot be performed. The evaluation is ×.

對於比較例2,亦利用相同之方法獲得積層體並評價製程耐性。 For Comparative Example 2, the laminate was also obtained by the same method and the process tolerance was evaluated.

將結果示於表5。 The results are shown in Table 5.

[剝離性評價(2)] [Peeability evaluation (2)] 實施例6~8、比較例2 Examples 6-8, Comparative Example 2

利用與上述製程耐性評價相同之方法獲得依序積層有基座、接著片及矽晶圓之積層體。 A laminate in which a susceptor, a succeeding film, and a germanium wafer are sequentially laminated is obtained by the same method as the above-described process resistance evaluation.

於第1接著劑層與第2層之邊界使用湯普生刀切出切口(自矽晶圓端部1mm之切口)。切口後,使用配置於積層體之矽晶圓側之真空鑷子向上方吸附矽晶圓。將可利用吸附將附有矽晶圓之第1接著劑層自積層體剝離之情形評價為○,將無法剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表5。 A slit (a slit of 1 mm from the end of the wafer) was cut out using a Thompson knife at the boundary between the first adhesive layer and the second layer. After the slit, the wafer was adsorbed upward using a vacuum tweezers disposed on the side of the wafer on the stack. The case where the first adhesive layer with the ruthenium wafer was peeled off from the laminate by adsorption was evaluated as ○, and the case where peeling could not be performed was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 5.

對實施例9~11、比較例3進行說明。 Examples 9 to 11 and Comparative Example 3 will be described.

[片材及接著劑層用溶液之製作] [Production of solution for sheet and adhesive layer] 實施例9 Example 9

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於DMAc 2528.0g中在70℃下混合D-4000 29.5g、DDE 90.3g及PMDA 100.0g並進行反應而獲得片材用溶液。進行冷卻直至所獲得之片材用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。將片材用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得片材。 Under a nitrogen gas stream, 29.5 g of D-4000, 90.3 g of DDE, and 100.0 g of PMDA were mixed in DMAc 2528.0 g at 70 ° C and reacted to obtain a solution for a sheet. Cooling was carried out until the obtained sheet solution became room temperature (23 ° C). The sheet was coated with a solution on a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet.

所獲得之片材之直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。 The obtained sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.

除根據表6之組成之方面以外,利用與片材用溶液相同之方法獲得接著劑層用溶液。進行冷卻直至所獲得之接著劑層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 A solution for an adhesive layer was obtained by the same method as the solution for a sheet except for the aspect according to the composition of Table 6. Cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the adhesive layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

實施例10~11、比較例3 Examples 10 to 11 and Comparative Example 3

除根據表6之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例9相同之方法獲得片材及接著劑層用溶液。 A solution for a sheet and an adhesive layer was obtained by the same method as in Example 9 except for the composition according to Table 6.

[片材之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of the sheet]

將片材用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得厚度20μm之樣品片材1。將所獲得之樣品片材1貼合於8吋矽晶圓上,於 300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之樣品片材1。將附有矽晶圓之樣品片材1加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表6。 The sheet was applied onto the separator with a solution and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sample sheet 1 having a thickness of 20 μm. The obtained sample sheet 1 is attached to an 8-inch wafer, The sample sheet 1 with the ruthenium wafer was obtained by imidization in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours. The sample sheet 1 with the ruthenium wafer was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peel evaluation was performed using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm/min. . The results are shown in Table 6.

[接著劑層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of the adhesive layer]

將接著劑層用溶液塗佈於隔片上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得厚度20μm之樣品片材2。將所獲得之樣品片材2貼附於8吋矽晶圓上之後,進行醯亞胺化(實施例9、比較例3)或熱硬化(實施例10、11)。 The adhesive layer was applied onto the separator with a solution and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sample sheet 2 having a thickness of 20 μm. After the obtained sample sheet 2 was attached to an 8-inch wafer, ruthenium imidization (Example 9, Comparative Example 3) or thermal curing (Examples 10 and 11) was carried out.

醯亞胺化係於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境中之條件下進行。 The ruthenium imidization was carried out at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under nitrogen atmosphere.

熱硬化係於150℃、1小時、大氣環境下之條件下進行。 The thermosetting was carried out at 150 ° C for 1 hour under atmospheric conditions.

將藉此所獲得之附有矽晶圓之樣品片材2加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表6。 The sample sheet 2 with the enamel wafer obtained therefrom was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and was subjected to a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm/min. A 90° peel evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 6.

[製程耐性評價(3)] [Processability Evaluation (3)] 實施例9 Example 9

將片材貼附於具有直徑200mm、厚度725μm之斜面部之矽晶圓之電路形成面。貼附係於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下藉由輥式層壓而進行。貼附後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下對片材進行醯亞胺化。 The sheet was attached to a circuit forming surface of a tantalum wafer having a bevel having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 725 μm. The attachment was carried out by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. After the attachment, the sheet was imidized at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere.

於貼附有矽晶圓之片材面之背面貼附具有斜面部之基座(直徑200mm、厚度726μm之矽晶圓)。貼附係於溫度120℃、壓力0.3MPa下進行。 A pedestal having a slanted surface (a wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 726 μm) was attached to the back surface of the sheet surface to which the enamel wafer was attached. The attachment was carried out at a temperature of 120 ° C and a pressure of 0.3 MPa.

繼而,於片材與基座之斜面部之間塗佈接著劑層用溶液並進行乾燥而形成暫時固定用接著劑層。藉此,將片材固定於基座上。 Then, a solution for an adhesive layer is applied between the sheet and the inclined surface portion of the pedestal and dried to form a temporary fixing adhesive layer. Thereby, the sheet is fixed to the base.

根據以上,獲得依序積層有基座、片材及矽晶圓之積層體。 According to the above, a laminate in which a susceptor, a sheet, and a tantalum wafer are sequentially laminated is obtained.

使用所獲得之積層體進行背面研磨,將於背面研磨中可充分地 固定矽晶圓而能夠良好地進行背面研磨之情形評價為○,將無法充分地固定矽晶圓而無法進行背面研磨之情形評價為×。 Back grinding using the obtained laminate, which is sufficient for back grinding The case where the back surface polishing was performed by fixing the silicon wafer was evaluated as ○, and the case where the silicon wafer could not be sufficiently fixed and the back surface polishing could not be performed was evaluated as ×.

實施例10~11 Example 10~11

除代替醯亞胺化而於150℃、1小時、大氣環境下之條件下進行接著劑層之熱硬化之方面以外,利用與實施例9相同之方法獲得積層體。使用所獲得之積層體並利用與實施例9相同之方法進行評價。 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 9 except that the thermal curing of the adhesive layer was carried out under the conditions of 150 ° C for 1 hour under an atmosphere of hydrazine imidization. The obtained laminate was used and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 9.

比較例3 Comparative example 3

除不塗佈接著劑層用溶液之方面而言,利用與實施例9相同之方法獲得積層體。使用所獲得之積層體並利用與實施例9相同之方法進行評價。 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 9 except that the solution for the adhesive layer was not applied. The obtained laminate was used and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 9.

將結果示於表6。 The results are shown in Table 6.

[剝離性評價(3)] [Peeability evaluation (3)]

利用與上述製程耐性評價相同之方法獲得積層體。 The laminate was obtained in the same manner as the above process resistance evaluation.

如圖49所示,自片材側面於片材上切出切口直至到達基座35之斜面部為止(切口深度0.5mm)。 As shown in Fig. 49, the slit was cut out from the sheet side from the sheet until it reached the slope portion of the susceptor 35 (the slit depth was 0.5 mm).

切口後,使用配置於積層體之矽晶圓側之真空鑷子向上方吸附矽晶圓。將可利用吸附自積層體剝離附有矽晶圓之片材之情形評價為○,將無法剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表6。 After the slit, the wafer was adsorbed upward using a vacuum tweezers disposed on the side of the wafer on the stack. The case where the sheet coated with the tantalum wafer was peeled off by the self-assembled layer was evaluated as ○, and the case where the sheet could not be peeled off was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 6.

<<第5本發明之實施例>> <<The fifth embodiment of the invention>>

對實施例中所使用之成分進行說明。 The components used in the examples will be described.

PMDA:均苯四甲酸二酐(分子量:218.1) PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)

DDE:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(分子量:200.2) DDE: 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)

D-4000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:4023.5) D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 4023.5)

DMAc:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺 DMAc: N,N-dimethylacetamide

NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone

D-2000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:1990.8) D-2000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 1990.8)

BPDA:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐 BPDA: 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride

PPD:對苯二胺 PPD: p-phenylenediamine

隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜) Spacer (long strip polyester film treated on one side by polyoxynitride stripper)

實施例1 Example 1

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於DMAc 1257g中在70℃下混合D-4000 365g、DDE 74g及PMDA 100g並進行反應後,冷卻至室溫(23℃)而獲得第1接著劑溶液。 Under a nitrogen gas stream, D-4000 365 g, DDE 74 g, and PMDA 100 g were mixed at 70 ° C in DMAc and reacted, and then cooled to room temperature (23 ° C) to obtain a first adhesive solution.

除根據表7之組成之方面以外,利用與第1接著劑溶液相同之方法獲得第2接著劑溶液。將第2接著劑溶液塗佈於隔片上,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而製作具有第2接著劑溶液之塗佈層之片材後,形成大量片材厚度方向之貫通孔,而獲得空孔片材。俯視空孔片材時之貫通孔之形狀為圓形,俯視空孔片材時之各貫通孔之面積為78.5μm2。各貫通孔之直徑為10μm。開口率為50%。 The second adhesive solution was obtained by the same method as the first adhesive solution except for the composition according to Table 7. The second adhesive solution was applied onto a separator, and dried at 90° C. for 3 minutes to form a sheet having a coating layer of the second adhesive solution, and then a large number of through-holes in the thickness direction of the sheet were formed to obtain voids. Sheet. The shape of the through hole when the hollow sheet was viewed from above was circular, and the area of each of the through holes when the hollow sheet was viewed was 78.5 μm 2 . Each of the through holes has a diameter of 10 μm. The aperture ratio is 50%.

於空孔片材及其周圍(空孔片材之周圍之區域)塗佈第1接著劑溶液,利用第1接著劑溶液填充貫通孔並且形成第1接著劑溶液之塗佈層。其後,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得圖51、52所示之實施形態1之形狀之接著片。 The first adhesive solution was applied to the perforated sheet and its surroundings (the region around the perforated sheet), and the through-hole was filled with the first adhesive solution to form a coating layer of the first adhesive solution. Thereafter, the film was dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet of the shape of the embodiment 1 shown in Figs. 51 and 52.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。 The sheet then has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.

第2層之直徑為196mm,第2層之厚度為1μm。 The second layer has a diameter of 196 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 1 μm.

接著片之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為99μm。 Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet was 99 μm.

實施例2 Example 2

除根據表7之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得第1接著劑溶液。 The first adhesive solution was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except for the composition according to Table 7.

除代替空孔片材而使用開孔率80%之鋁篩網之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得圖51、52所示之實施形態1之形狀之接著片。 An adhesive sheet having the shape of the first embodiment shown in Figs. 51 and 52 was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except that an aluminum mesh having an opening ratio of 80% was used instead of the porous sheet.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為120.5μm。 Next, the entire sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 120.5 μm.

第2層之直徑為198mm,第2層之厚度為0.5μm。 The second layer has a diameter of 198 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 0.5 μm.

接著片之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為120μm。 Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet was 120 μm.

實施例3 Example 3

除根據表7之組成而獲得第1接著劑溶液及第2接著劑溶液之方面、俯視空孔片材時之貫通孔之形狀為三角形之方面、各貫通孔之面積為7.0mm2之方面、及開口率為10%之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得圖51、52所示之實施形態1之形狀之接著片。 In addition to the first adhesive solution and the second adhesive solution according to the composition of Table 7, the shape of the through-holes when the porous sheet is viewed in a plan view is triangular, and the area of each of the through holes is 7.0 mm 2 . A laminate of the shape of the first embodiment shown in Figs. 51 and 52 was obtained in the same manner as in the first embodiment except that the aperture ratio was 10%.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。 The sheet then has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.

第2層之直徑為197mm,第2層之厚度為1μm。 The second layer has a diameter of 197 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 1 μm.

接著片之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為99μm。 Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet was 99 μm.

比較例1 Comparative example 1

除根據表7之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得第1接著劑溶液。 The first adhesive solution was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except for the composition according to Table 7.

將第1接著劑溶液塗佈於隔片上,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得包含第1接著劑之單層之接著片。接著片為圓形,直徑為200mm,厚度為150μm。 The first adhesive solution was applied onto a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a continuous sheet comprising a single layer of the first adhesive. The sheet was then round, 200 mm in diameter and 150 μm thick.

[第1接著劑層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer]

將接著片之僅包含第1接著劑層(第1接著劑溶液之塗佈層)之面貼 合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之接著片。 The surface of the adhesive sheet containing only the first adhesive layer (coating layer of the first adhesive solution) is attached The ruthenium-attached wafer was obtained by bonding to an 8 Å wafer and performing iridization in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours.

將附有矽晶圓之接著片加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表7。 The backing sheet with the tantalum wafer was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peeling evaluation was performed under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C. and 300 mm/min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). The results are shown in Table 7.

[空孔片材及鋁篩網(具有大量貫通孔之構造體)之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of an empty hole sheet and an aluminum screen (structure having a large number of through holes)] 實施例1、3 Examples 1, 3

將實施例1、3之空孔片材貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之空孔片材。 The porous sheets of Examples 1 and 3 were attached to an 8-inch wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain a porous sheet with a ruthenium wafer. material.

將附有矽晶圓之空孔片材加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表7。 The perforated sheet with the tantalum wafer was processed into a 20 mm width and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peel evaluation was performed using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm/min. . The results are shown in Table 7.

實施例2 Example 2

將鋁篩網貼合於8吋矽晶圓上而獲得附有矽晶圓之鋁篩網。將所獲得之附有矽晶圓之鋁篩網加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表7。 An aluminum screen attached to the enamel wafer was obtained by attaching an aluminum screen to an 8-inch wafer. The aluminum screen with the enamel wafer obtained was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and subjected to a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm / min for 90 °. Peel evaluation. The results are shown in Table 7.

[第2層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion of the second layer]

自接著片切出第2層(包含空孔片材或鋁篩網及填充於該等貫通孔內之第1接著劑之第2層),將切出之第2層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第2層。 The second layer (including the porous sheet or the aluminum mesh and the second layer of the first adhesive filled in the through holes) is cut out from the succeeding sheet, and the cut second layer is attached to the 8th layer. The second layer with the ruthenium wafer was obtained by imidization on a wafer under a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours.

將附有矽晶圓之第2層加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表7。 The second layer with the ruthenium wafer was processed to have a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peeling evaluation was performed under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C. and 300 mm/min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). The results are shown in Table 7.

[製程耐性評價] [Process tolerance evaluation] 實施例1~3 Example 1~3

將實施例1~3之接著片之第1接著劑層及第2層露出之面貼附於基座(直徑200mm、厚度726μm之矽晶圓)上。貼附係藉由溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa之輥式層壓而進行。 The first adhesive layer of the succeeding films of Examples 1 to 3 and the exposed surface of the second layer were attached to a susceptor (a wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 726 μm). The attachment was carried out by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa.

繼而,將附有基座之接著片之接著單面貼附於直徑200mm、厚度725μm之矽晶圓之電路形成面。貼附係於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下進行。貼附後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下對接著片進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得依序積層有基座、接著片及矽晶圓之積層體。 Then, the subsequent side of the susceptor attached with the susceptor was attached to the circuit formation surface of the ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 725 μm. The attachment was carried out at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. After the attachment, the adhesive sheet was imidized at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, a laminated body in which a susceptor, a bonding sheet, and a germanium wafer are sequentially laminated is obtained.

使用所獲得之積層體進行背面研磨,將於背面研磨中可充分地固定矽晶圓而能夠良好地進行背面研磨之情形評價為○,將無法充分地固定矽晶圓而無法進行背面研磨之情形評價為×。 The back surface polishing is performed by using the obtained laminated body, and the back surface polishing can be sufficiently fixed in the back surface polishing, and the back surface polishing can be satisfactorily evaluated as ○, and the ruthenium wafer cannot be sufficiently fixed and the back surface polishing cannot be performed. The evaluation is ×.

比較例1 Comparative example 1

利用與實施例1~3相同之方法獲得積層體並評價製程耐性。 The laminate was obtained by the same method as in Examples 1 to 3 and the process tolerance was evaluated.

將結果示於表7。 The results are shown in Table 7.

[剝離性評價] [Peeability evaluation]

利用與上述製程耐性評價相同之方法獲得依序積層有基座、接著片及矽晶圓之積層體。 A laminate in which a susceptor, a succeeding film, and a germanium wafer are sequentially laminated is obtained by the same method as the above-described process resistance evaluation.

使用湯普生刀自接著片層之側面向內側切出切口。切口係切割至第2層。切口後,使用配置於積層體之上側(矽晶圓側)之真空鑷子向上方吸附矽晶圓。將可吸附之情形評價為○,將無法吸附之情形評價為×。將結果示於表7。 The incision was made inward from the side of the subsequent sheet using a Thompson knife. The slit is cut to the second layer. After the slit, the tantalum wafer was adsorbed upward using a vacuum tweezers disposed on the upper side of the laminate (on the side of the wafer). The case where adsorption was possible was evaluated as ○, and the case where adsorption was impossible was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 7.

5‧‧‧接著片 5‧‧‧Next film

50‧‧‧第1接著劑層 50‧‧‧1st adhesive layer

51‧‧‧第2層 51‧‧‧2nd floor

53‧‧‧中央部 53‧‧‧Central Department

54‧‧‧周邊部 54‧‧‧ peripherals

Claims (6)

一種半導體裝置製造用接著片,其係用以將半導體晶圓固定於基座上者,且其具有第1接著劑層、及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層,至少上述半導體裝置製造用接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成。 An adhesive sheet for manufacturing a semiconductor device, wherein the semiconductor wafer is fixed to a susceptor, and has a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesion force than the first adhesive layer, at least The peripheral portion of the succeeding film for semiconductor device manufacturing is formed of the above-described first adhesive layer. 如請求項1之半導體裝置製造用接著片,其中較上述周邊部更內側之中央部係由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成。 The succeeding film for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 1, wherein a central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer. 如請求項1之半導體裝置製造用接著片,其中較上述周邊部更內側之中央部係由上述第2層形成。 The succeeding film for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 1, wherein a central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is formed by the second layer. 如請求項1之半導體裝置製造用接著片,其中遍及上述周邊部及上述中央部而形成有接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第3層。 The succeeding film for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 1, wherein a third layer having a lower adhesion force than the first adhesive layer is formed over the peripheral portion and the central portion. 一種半導體裝置,其係使用如請求項1至4中任一項之半導體裝置製造用接著片而獲得。 A semiconductor device obtained by using the succeeding film for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to any one of claims 1 to 4. 一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其特徵在於包括:使用如請求項1至4中任一項之半導體裝置製造用接著片將半導體晶圓固定於基座上之步驟;及將上述基座自上述半導體晶圓分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a step of fixing a semiconductor wafer to a susceptor using an underlying film for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to any one of claims 1 to 4; and locating said susceptor from said semiconductor The step of wafer separation.
TW102133989A 2012-09-28 2013-09-18 Adhesive sheet for semiconductor device production, semiconductor device, and method for producing semiconductor device TW201417161A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012218414A JP2014070183A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Adhesive sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2012218420A JP2014072445A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP2012218418A JP2014072444A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP2012218410A JP2014070182A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Adhesive sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device, semiconductor device and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2012240292A JP2014088523A (en) 2012-10-31 2012-10-31 Adhesive sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201417161A true TW201417161A (en) 2014-05-01

Family

ID=50388068

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW102133989A TW201417161A (en) 2012-09-28 2013-09-18 Adhesive sheet for semiconductor device production, semiconductor device, and method for producing semiconductor device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW201417161A (en)
WO (1) WO2014050663A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0562950A (en) * 1991-08-29 1993-03-12 Nitto Denko Corp Application of protective tape to semiconductor wafer and method of exfolitating
JP2003243347A (en) * 2002-02-19 2003-08-29 Nitto Denko Corp Surface protective sheet used in process of polishing rear surface of semiconductor wafer and method thereof
JP4514409B2 (en) * 2003-02-20 2010-07-28 日東電工株式会社 Method for temporarily fixing semiconductor wafer, electronic component, and circuit board
JP4443962B2 (en) * 2004-03-17 2010-03-31 日東電工株式会社 Dicing die bond film
JP2010245191A (en) * 2009-04-02 2010-10-28 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Film-like adhesive
JP4988815B2 (en) * 2009-12-25 2012-08-01 日東電工株式会社 Chip holding tape, chip-shaped work holding method, semiconductor device manufacturing method using chip holding tape, and chip holding tape manufacturing method
JP5950838B2 (en) * 2012-03-07 2016-07-13 古河電気工業株式会社 Adhesive tape
JP5997477B2 (en) * 2012-03-30 2016-09-28 リンテック株式会社 Surface protection sheet

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2014050663A1 (en) 2014-04-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5804084B2 (en) Method for producing adhesive sheet having separated adhesive layer, method for producing wiring board using adhesive sheet, and method for producing semiconductor device
TW200919575A (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip having adhesive film, adhesive film for semiconductor used for the manufacturing method and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP6928852B2 (en) Semiconductor processing tape
TW200924047A (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip having adhesive film, adhesive film for semiconductor used for the manufacturing method and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
TW201205662A (en) Dicing-bonding intergrated film, method of fabricating dicing-bonding intergrated film, and method of fabricating semiconductor chip
TW201232650A (en) Tape for processing wafer, method for manufacturing tape for processing wafer, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TW201110219A (en) Film for semiconductor and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TW201245393A (en) Die-bonding film, dicing.die-bonding film and fabricating method of semiconductor device
JP5569148B2 (en) Dicing tape, dicing tape integrated adhesive sheet, semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2018101090A1 (en) Double-sided adhesive sheet and production method for semiconductor device
TW201114605A (en) Fabricating method of adhesion sheet and adhesion sheet
TW201247823A (en) Adhesive composition, film adhesive, adhesive sheet and semiconductor device
TW201200576A (en) Adhesive sheet
JP2014072445A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method
TW201417162A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and bonding sheet
WO2014083973A1 (en) Semiconductor-device manufacturing method
WO2014181659A1 (en) Transparent-circuit-board manufacturing method
JP2014088523A (en) Adhesive sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TW201417161A (en) Adhesive sheet for semiconductor device production, semiconductor device, and method for producing semiconductor device
JP2014070183A (en) Adhesive sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2014072440A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
JP2014090123A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and adhesive sheet
JP2014070182A (en) Adhesive sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device, semiconductor device and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2014181658A1 (en) Transparent-circuit-board manufacturing method
JP2014072438A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet